WO2025148409A1 - 光模块 - Google Patents
光模块Info
- Publication number
- WO2025148409A1 WO2025148409A1 PCT/CN2024/121117 CN2024121117W WO2025148409A1 WO 2025148409 A1 WO2025148409 A1 WO 2025148409A1 CN 2024121117 W CN2024121117 W CN 2024121117W WO 2025148409 A1 WO2025148409 A1 WO 2025148409A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- optical
- light
- component
- signal
- optical signal
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B6/00—Light guides; Structural details of arrangements comprising light guides and other optical elements, e.g. couplings
- G02B6/24—Coupling light guides
- G02B6/42—Coupling light guides with opto-electronic elements
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04B—TRANSMISSION
- H04B10/00—Transmission systems employing electromagnetic waves other than radio-waves, e.g. infrared, visible or ultraviolet light, or employing corpuscular radiation, e.g. quantum communication
- H04B10/40—Transceivers
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B6/00—Light guides; Structural details of arrangements comprising light guides and other optical elements, e.g. couplings
- G02B6/24—Coupling light guides
- G02B6/26—Optical coupling means
- G02B6/27—Optical coupling means with polarisation selective and adjusting means
Definitions
- the present disclosure relates to the technical field of optical fiber communication, and in particular to an optical module.
- optical communication technology optical modules are tools for realizing the mutual conversion of optical and electrical signals, and are one of the key components in optical communication equipment.
- the transmission rate of optical modules is constantly increasing.
- the optical receiving component comprises a first housing; one end of the first housing is connected to the other end of the optical fiber adapter, a first reflector and a second reflector are arranged in the first housing, and the first reflector and the second reflector are configured to reflect a fourth wavelength optical signal, a fifth wavelength optical signal and a sixth wavelength optical signal;
- a first light receiving component is connected to the first housing, and a light input end of the first light receiving component is located in the first housing; the first light receiving component is located on the reflected light path of the first reflector, and the first light receiving component receives at least one of the fourth wavelength optical signal, the fifth wavelength optical signal, and the sixth wavelength optical signal reflected by the first reflector, and outputs at least one of the first voltage signal, the second voltage signal, or the third voltage signal;
- a polarization component is configured to adjust the polarization direction of the optical signal;
- the polarization component includes a first polarization component, a second polarization component and a third polarization component, the first polarization component, the second polarization component and the third polarization component all include a first polarizer, a Faraday plate, a second polarizer and a wave plate, the first polarizer, the Faraday plate, the second polarizer and the wave plate are sequentially away from the laser component, the first wavelength optical signal sequentially passes through the first polarizer, the Faraday plate, the second polarizer and the wave plate of the first polarization component to emit horizontal polarized light, the third wavelength optical signal sequentially passes through the first polarizer, the Faraday plate, the second polarizer and the wave plate of the third polarization component to emit first vertical polarized light, and the second wavelength optical signal sequentially passes through the first polarizer, the Faraday plate, the second polarizer and the wave plate of the second
- FIG3 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an optical module provided according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- FIG4 is an exploded view of an optical module provided according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- FIG6 is a schematic diagram of the internal structure of another optical module provided according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- FIG7 is a schematic diagram of the internal structure of another optical module provided according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- FIG10 is a circuit diagram of an internal structure of an optical module provided according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- FIG12 is a schematic diagram of the internal structure of another optical module provided according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- FIG14 is a circuit diagram of the internal structure of another optical module provided according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- FIG19 is an assembly diagram of an optical transceiver component and an optical fiber adapter according to some embodiments of the present disclosure
- FIG20 is an exploded view of an optical transceiver component and an optical fiber adapter according to some embodiments of the present disclosure
- FIG29 is an exploded view of an optical transceiver component and a circuit board according to some embodiments of the present disclosure
- FIG33 is a cross-sectional view of a fiber optic adapter and a transceiver cavity according to some embodiments of the present disclosure
- FIG34 is an exploded view of a transceiver cavity according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- FIG37 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a light emitting component provided according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- FIG40 is a partial structural schematic diagram 1 of a light emitting component provided according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- FIG41 is a second schematic diagram of a partial structure of a light emitting component provided according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- FIG42 is a third schematic diagram of a partial structure of a light emitting component provided according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- FIG45 is a third cross-sectional view of a light emitting component provided according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- FIG49 is an exploded view of a second housing and an electrical connector according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- FIG51 is a light path diagram of another second optical assembly provided according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- FIG52 is an exploded view of a light emitting component according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- FIG53 is an exploded view of a first optical assembly and a transmitting housing according to some embodiments of the present disclosure
- FIG54 is a structural diagram of a launch shell provided according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- FIG55 is a light path diagram of a first optical component provided according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- FIG56 is another optical path diagram of the first optical component provided according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- FIG58 is a schematic diagram of the optical axis of a wave plate, the polarization direction of an incident light signal, and the polarization direction of an outgoing light signal according to some embodiments of the present disclosure
- FIG59 is an exploded view of a supporting member, a second polarization combining member, and a third polarization combining member according to some embodiments of the present disclosure
- FIG61 is a structural diagram of a supporting member provided in accordance with some embodiments of the present disclosure at another viewing angle;
- FIG. 62 is a cross-sectional view of a support member provided according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- the term “comprising” is to be interpreted as having an open, inclusive meaning, that is, “including, but not limited to”; the terms “first” and “second” are not to be understood as indicating or implying relative importance or indicating an upper limit on quantity; the term “plurality” means two or more; the term “connected” is to be understood in a broad sense, for example, “connected” can be a fixed connection, a detachable connection, or an integral connection, and can be directly connected or indirectly connected through an intermediate medium; the use of the terms “suitable for” or “configured to” implies open and inclusive language, which does not exclude devices that are suitable for or configured to perform additional tasks or steps; descriptions such as “parallel”, “perpendicular”, “same”, “consistent”, and “flush” are not limited to absolute mathematical theoretical relationships, but also include an acceptable error range generated in practice, and also include differences based on the same design concept but due to manufacturing reasons.
- optical communication technology in order to establish information transmission between information processing devices, it is necessary to load information onto light and use the propagation of light to achieve information transmission.
- the light loaded with information is an optical signal.
- the signals that information processing equipment can recognize and process are electrical signals.
- Information processing equipment usually includes optical network units (ONUs), gateways, routers, switches, mobile phones, computers, servers, tablets, televisions, etc.
- information transmission equipment usually includes optical fibers and optical waveguides.
- the optical module can realize the mutual conversion between optical signals and electrical signals between information processing equipment and information transmission equipment.
- at least one of the optical signal input end or the optical signal output end of the optical module is connected to an optical fiber, and at least one of the electrical signal input end or the electrical signal output end of the optical module is connected to an optical network terminal;
- the first optical signal from the optical fiber is transmitted to the optical module, and the optical module converts the first optical signal into a first electrical signal, and transmits the first electrical signal to the optical network terminal;
- the second electrical signal from the optical network terminal is transmitted to the optical module, and the optical module converts the second electrical signal into a second optical signal, and transmits the second optical signal to the optical fiber.
- FIG1 is a partial structural diagram of an optical communication system according to some embodiments.
- the optical communication system mainly includes a remote information processing device 1000 , a local information processing device 2000 , a host computer 100 , an optical module 200 , an optical fiber 101 and a network cable 103 .
- One end of the optical fiber 101 extends toward the remote information processing device 1000, and the other end of the optical fiber 101 is connected to the optical module 200 through the optical port of the optical module 200.
- the optical signal can be totally reflected in the optical fiber 101, and the propagation of the optical signal in the total reflection direction can almost maintain the original optical power.
- the optical signal undergoes multiple total reflections in the optical fiber 101 to transmit the optical signal from the remote information processing device 1000 to the optical module 200, or to transmit the optical signal from the optical module 200 to the remote information processing device 1000, thereby realizing long-distance, low-power loss information transmission.
- the optical communication system may include one or more optical fibers 101, and the optical fibers 101 are detachably connected or fixedly connected to the optical module 200.
- the host computer 100 is configured to provide data signals to the optical module 200, receive data signals from the optical module 200, or monitor or control the working state of the optical module 200.
- the host computer 100 also includes an external electrical interface, which can be connected to an electrical signal network.
- the external electrical interface includes a Universal Serial Bus (USB) interface or a network cable interface 104, which is configured to be connected to a network cable 103 so that the host computer 100 establishes a unidirectional or bidirectional electrical signal connection with the network cable 103.
- USB Universal Serial Bus
- One end of the network cable 103 is connected to the local information processing device 2000, and the other end of the network cable 103 is connected to the host computer 100, so as to establish an electrical signal connection between the local information processing device 2000 and the host computer 100 through the network cable 103.
- the third electrical signal sent by the local information processing device 2000 is transmitted to the host computer 100 through the network cable 103, and the host computer 100 generates a second electrical signal according to the third electrical signal.
- the second electrical signal from the host computer 100 is transmitted to the optical module 200, and the optical module 200 converts the second electrical signal into a second optical signal, and transmits the second optical signal to the optical fiber 101, and the second optical signal is transmitted to the remote server device 1000 in the optical fiber 101.
- the first optical signal from the remote information processing device 1000 is transmitted through the optical fiber 101, and the first optical signal from the optical fiber 101 is transmitted to the optical module 200, and the optical module 200 converts the first optical signal into a first electrical signal, and the optical module 200 transmits the first electrical signal to the host computer 100, and the host computer 100 generates a fourth electrical signal according to the first electrical signal, and transmits the fourth electrical signal to the local information processing device 2000.
- the optical module is a tool for realizing the mutual conversion between optical signals and electrical signals. During the conversion process between the optical signals and electrical signals, the information does not change, but the encoding and decoding methods of the information can change.
- FIG2 is a partial structural diagram of a host computer according to some embodiments.
- the host computer 100 also includes a PCB circuit board 105 arranged in the housing, a cage 106 arranged on the surface of the PCB circuit board 105, a heat sink 107 arranged on the cage 106, and an electrical connector arranged inside the cage 106.
- the electrical connector is configured to access the electrical port of the optical module 200; the heat sink 107 has a protruding structure such as fins that increase the heat dissipation area.
- the optical module 200 is inserted into the cage 106 of the host computer 100, and the cage 106 fixes the optical module 200.
- the heat generated by the optical module 200 is transferred to the cage 106 and then diffused through the heat sink 107.
- the electrical port of the optical module 200 is connected to the electrical connector inside the cage 106, so that the optical module 200 establishes a bidirectional electrical signal connection with the host computer 100.
- the optical port of the optical module 200 is connected to the optical fiber 101, so that the optical module 200 establishes a bidirectional optical signal connection with the optical fiber 101.
- FIG3 is a structural diagram of an optical module provided according to some embodiments of the present disclosure
- FIG4 is a schematic diagram of an exploded view of an optical module provided according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- the optical module 200 includes a shell, a circuit board 300, a light emitting component 400 and an optical receiving component 500 disposed in the shell, and at least one light receiving component is disposed on the optical receiving component 500.
- the optical module 200 includes one of the light emitting component 400 and the optical receiving component 500.
- the shell comprises an upper shell 201 and a lower shell 202 .
- the upper shell 201 covers the lower shell 202 to form the above shell with two openings.
- the outer contour of the shell is generally a square body.
- the lower shell 202 includes a bottom plate 2021 and two lower side plates 2022 located on both sides of the bottom plate 2021 and arranged perpendicular to the bottom plate 2021; the upper shell 201 includes a cover plate 2011, and the cover plate 2011 covers the two lower side plates 2022 of the lower shell 202 to form the above-mentioned shell.
- the lower shell 202 includes a bottom plate 2021 and two lower side plates 2022 located on both sides of the bottom plate 2021 and vertically arranged with the bottom plate 2021;
- the upper shell 201 includes a cover plate 2011 and two upper side plates located on both sides of the cover plate 2011 and vertically arranged with the cover plate 2011, and the two upper side plates are combined with the two lower side plates 2022 to realize that the upper shell 201 covers the lower shell 202.
- the direction of the connection line of the two openings 203 and 204 may be consistent with the length direction of the optical module 200, or may be inconsistent with the length direction of the optical module 200.
- the opening 203 is located at the end of the optical module 200 (the right end of FIG. 3 ), and the opening 204 is also located at the end of the optical module 200 (the left end of FIG. 3 ).
- the opening 203 is located at the end of the optical module 200, and the opening 204 is located at the side of the optical module 200.
- the opening 203 is an electrical port, and the gold finger of the circuit board 300 extends from the electrical port and is inserted into the upper computer (for example, the optical network terminal 100); the opening 204 is an optical port, which is configured to access the optical fiber 101 so that the optical fiber 101 is connected to the optical emitting component 400 and/or the optical receiving component 500 in the optical module 200.
- the assembly method of combining the upper shell 201 and the lower shell 202 facilitates the installation of components such as the circuit board 300, the light emitting component 400, and the optical receiving component 500 into the shell, and the upper shell 201 and the lower shell 202 form a package protection for these components.
- components such as the circuit board 300, the light emitting component 400, and the optical receiving component 500
- the upper shell 201 and the lower shell 202 are generally made of metal materials, which is conducive to electromagnetic shielding and heat dissipation.
- the optical module 200 further includes an unlocking component 600 located outside its housing, and the unlocking component 600 is configured to achieve a fixed connection between the optical module 200 and the host computer, or to release the fixed connection between the optical module 200 and the host computer.
- the unlocking component 600 is located on the outside of the two lower side plates 2022 of the lower housing 202, and includes a snap-fit component that matches the cage 106 of the host computer 100.
- the snap-fit component of the unlocking component 600 fixes the optical module 200 in the cage 106;
- the snap-fit component of the unlocking component 600 moves accordingly, thereby changing the connection relationship between the snap-fit component and the host computer, so as to release the fixation of the optical module 200 and the host computer, so that the optical module 200 can be pulled out of the cage 106.
- the circuit board 300 includes circuit traces, electronic components and chips.
- the electronic components and chips are connected together according to the circuit design through the circuit traces to realize the functions of power supply, electrical signal transmission and grounding.
- Electronic components include capacitors, resistors, transistors, and metal-oxide-semiconductor field-effect transistors (MOSFET).
- Chips include microcontroller units (MCU), laser driver chips, limiting amplifiers (LA), clock and data recovery (CDR) chips, power management chips, and digital signal processing (DSP) chips.
- MCU microcontroller units
- LA limiting amplifiers
- CDR clock and data recovery
- DSP digital signal processing
- the circuit board 300 is generally a rigid circuit board. Due to its relatively hard material, the rigid circuit board can also realize the load-bearing function. For example, the rigid circuit board can stably carry the above-mentioned electronic components and chips; the rigid circuit board can also be inserted into the electrical connector in the upper computer cage.
- three light receiving components may be disposed on the optical receiving component 500, and each light receiving component receives a light signal of a corresponding wavelength.
- two light receiving components may be disposed on the optical receiving component 500, one light receiving component is used to receive a light signal of one wavelength, and the other light receiving component is used to receive light signals of two wavelengths in time division.
- the light receiving component includes a light detector and a TIA
- the light signal is transmitted to the light receiving component
- the light detector receives the light signal and converts it into a current.
- Signal, TIA converts the current signal output by the detector into a voltage signal.
- the circuit board 300 also includes a gold finger 310 formed on the end surface thereof, and the gold finger 310 is composed of a plurality of independent pins.
- the circuit board 300 is inserted into the cage 106, and the gold finger 310 is conductively connected to the electrical connector in the cage 106.
- the gold finger 310 can be arranged only on the surface of one side of the circuit board 300 (for example, the upper surface shown in FIG. 4 ), or on the upper and lower surfaces of the circuit board 300 to adapt to occasions where a large number of pins are required.
- the gold finger 310 is configured to establish an electrical connection with the host computer to realize power supply, grounding, I2C signal transmission, data signal transmission, etc.
- flexible circuit boards are also used in some optical modules. Flexible circuit boards are generally used in conjunction with rigid circuit boards as a supplement to rigid circuit boards.
- Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of the internal structure of an optical module provided according to some embodiments of the present disclosure
- Figure 6 is a schematic diagram of the internal structure of another optical module provided according to some embodiments of the present disclosure
- Figure 7 is a schematic diagram of the internal structure of another optical module provided according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- Figures 5 to 7 show the usage status of the optical accommodation components in the embodiments of the present disclosure.
- one end of the optical accommodating component 500 is connected to the optical fiber adapter 530, and the other end of the optical accommodating component 500 is connected to the optical emitting component 400.
- the optical signal generated by the optical emitting component 400 is first transmitted to the optical accommodating component 500, then transmitted to the optical fiber adapter 530 through the optical accommodating component 500, and finally output through the optical fiber adapter 530; the external input optical signal is input to the optical accommodating component 500 through the optical fiber adapter 530, so that the optical accommodating component 500 and the optical emitting component 400 share the optical fiber adapter 530, and then the uplink optical signal and the downlink optical signal of the optical module share the optical fiber 101.
- the other end of the first housing 510 is connected to the optical transmission component 400.
- the optical transmission component 400 can generate optical transmission signals of multiple wavelengths, and can combine the optical transmission signals of multiple wavelengths into one optical transmission signal.
- the optical transmission component 400 can generate optical transmission signals of three wavelengths, and the rates of the optical transmission signals of the three wavelengths are different.
- the optical transmission component 400 can generate a first wavelength optical signal, a second wavelength optical signal, and a third wavelength optical signal, and the first wavelength optical signal, the second wavelength optical signal, and the third wavelength optical signal have different rates.
- the optical emission component 400 may include a second housing 410, a plurality of pins 430 are disposed on the side wall of the second housing 410, and a device for generating and transmitting an optical emission signal is disposed in the second housing 410.
- the pins 430 are connected to a flexible circuit board to electrically connect the circuit board 300 through the flexible circuit board.
- one end of the second housing 410 is connected to the other end of the first housing 510.
- multiple rows of pins are respectively disposed on two connected side walls of the second housing 410 , and the pins in the bottom row of the two connected side walls include high-frequency pins.
- the wavelength range of the first wavelength optical signal is 1340-1344nm, such as the wavelength of the first wavelength optical signal is 1342nm; the wavelength range of the second wavelength optical signal is 1575-1580nm, such as the wavelength of the second wavelength optical signal is 1577nm; the wavelength range of the third wavelength optical signal is 1480-1500nm, such as the wavelength of the third wavelength optical signal is 1490nm.
- a first light receiving component 710 (in some examples, it may also be referred to as a first light receiving assembly) is disposed on the optical housing component 500.
- the first light receiving component 710 may be connected to a side wall of the first housing 510, and a light input end of the first light receiving component 710 is located in the housing cavity.
- the first light receiving component 710 may receive a fourth wavelength optical signal, a fifth wavelength optical signal, and a sixth wavelength optical signal.
- the first light receiving component 710 may be connected to the circuit board 300 via a flexible circuit board.
- a second light receiving component 720 (in some examples, it may also be referred to as a second light receiving assembly) and a first light receiving component 710 are provided on the optical housing component 500.
- the second light receiving component 720 and the first light receiving component 710 may be connected to the side wall of the first housing 510, and the light input ends of the second light receiving component 720 and the first light receiving component 710 are respectively located in the housing cavity.
- the second light receiving component 720 may receive a fourth wavelength optical signal and a sixth wavelength optical signal, and the first light receiving component 710 may receive a fifth wavelength optical signal.
- the second light receiving component 720 and the first light receiving component 710 may be connected to the circuit board 300 through a flexible circuit board, respectively.
- FIG8 is a diagram of an Ethernet Passive Optical Network (EPON) provided according to some embodiments of the present disclosure, and FIG8 shows a use scenario of an optical module 200.
- the OLT in the EPON can connect ONU1, ONU2, ONU3 and other ONUs through an optical distribution network (ODN); wherein the ONU is a 50G EPON ONU, a 10G EPON ONU, a 1G EPON ONU or a 10G EPON asymmetric ONU, etc., so that the OLT can receive a fourth wavelength optical signal, a fifth wavelength optical signal and a sixth wavelength optical signal through the optical module 200.
- ODN optical distribution network
- the downstream wavelength of the 50G EPON ONU can be the fifth wavelength
- the downstream wavelength of the 10G EPON ONU can be the fourth wavelength
- the downstream wavelength of the 1G EPON ONU and the 10G EPON asymmetric ONU can be the sixth wavelength.
- a first reflector 540 and a second reflector 550 may be disposed in the first housing 510, the first reflector 540 is located on the input optical path of the first light receiving component 710, and the second reflector 550 is located on the incident optical path of the first reflector 540.
- the received optical signal input into the first housing via the optical fiber adapter 530 is transmitted to the second reflector 550, reflected by the second reflector 550 and transmitted to the first reflector 540, and directly reflected by the first reflector 540 to the first light receiving component 710; wherein the received optical signal may be a fourth wavelength optical signal, a fifth wavelength optical signal, or a sixth wavelength optical signal.
- the optical emission signal is transmitted to the first housing 510 and passes through the second reflector 550 .
- the fourth wavelength optical signal, the fifth wavelength optical signal or the sixth wavelength optical signal is transmitted to the first housing 510 in a time division multiplexed manner, so that the first optical receiving component 710 can receive optical signals of different wavelengths in different time periods.
- a first displacement prism 560 may be disposed in the first housing 510, a first reflection surface 561 of the first displacement prism 560 is located on the optical axis extension line of the optical fiber adapter 530, and a second reflection surface 562 of the first displacement prism 560 is located on the incident optical axis of the second reflector 550.
- the received optical signal input into the first housing 510 through the optical fiber adapter 530 is transmitted to the first reflection surface 561 and reflected by the first reflection surface 561 and transmitted to the second reflection surface 562, and then reflected by the second reflection surface 562 and transmitted to the second reflector 550.
- the first displacement prism 560 may be used to adjust the transmission optical path of the optical reception signal in the width direction of the first housing 510.
- a first lens 570 may be disposed in the first housing 510, and the first lens 570 is disposed on the transmission light path from the fiber adapter 530 to the first displacement prism 560.
- the first lens 570 is located on the transmission light path from the fiber adapter 530 to the first reflection surface 561.
- the first lens 570 collimates the light.
- the fiber adapter 530 receives the optical signal input into the first housing 510 .
- the optical emission signal is transmitted through the second reflector 550 to the second reflective surface 562 , reflected by the second reflective surface 562 to the first reflective surface 561 , reflected by the first reflective surface 561 to the first lens 570 , and finally converged by the first lens 570 to the optical fiber adapter 530 .
- Fig. 10 is a circuit diagram of the internal structure of an optical module according to some embodiments of the present disclosure, and Fig. 10 shows a circuit diagram using the first light receiving component 710.
- the circuit board 300 may be provided with an MCU 320.
- a first limiting amplifier 330 is provided on the circuit board 300, and an input end of the first limiting amplifier 330 is connected to an output end of the first light receiving component 710.
- the first limiting amplifier 330 amplifies or limits the voltage signal output by the first light receiving component 710 and outputs it to the gold finger 310.
- the first limiting amplifier 330 is connected to an output end of the TIA in the first light receiving component 710, and the first limiting amplifier 330 amplifies or limits the voltage signal output by the TIA.
- the first limiting amplifier 330 includes a first output channel 331, a second output channel 332, and a third transmission channel 333, and the first output channel 331, the second output channel 332, and the third transmission channel 333 are respectively connected to the gold finger 310.
- the first output channel 331 is used to output the first voltage signal processed by the first limiting amplifier 330
- the second output channel 332 is used to output the second voltage signal processed by the first limiting amplifier 330
- the third transmission channel 333 is used to output the third voltage signal processed by the first limiting amplifier 330.
- a rate of the third voltage signal is greater than a rate of the first voltage signal, and a rate of the third voltage signal is greater than the second voltage signal.
- the MCU320 controls the connection of the first limiting amplifier 330 so that the first limiting amplifier 330 processes different voltage signals in different time periods to output the processed voltage signals to the gold finger through the corresponding transmission channel.
- the MCU320 outputs a first control signal to the first limiting amplifier 330 at a first target time, so that the first limiting amplifier 330 amplifies or limits the shaping of the first voltage signal, and outputs the processed first voltage signal to the gold finger 310 through the first output channel 331;
- the MCU320 outputs a second control signal to the first limiting amplifier 330 at a second target time, so that the first limiting amplifier 330 amplifies or limits the shaping of the second voltage signal, and outputs the processed second voltage signal to the gold finger 310 through the second output channel 3321;
- the MCU320 outputs a third control signal to the first limiting amplifier 330 at a third target time, so that the first limiting amplifier 330 amplifies or limits the shaping of the third voltage signal, and outputs the processed third voltage signal to the
- the first control signal is a high level signal
- the second control signal is a medium level signal
- the third control signal is a low level signal.
- the first control signal is not limited to this and can be a combination of other forms.
- FIG11 is a circuit diagram of the internal structure of another optical module provided according to some embodiments of the present disclosure, and FIG11 shows another circuit diagram using the first light receiving component 710.
- the circuit board 300 is provided with a second limiting amplifier 340, a first limiting amplifier 330 and a filter circuit 350, the input end of the filter circuit 350 is connected to the output end of the first light receiving component 710, and the output end of the filter circuit 350 is respectively connected to the input end of the second limiting amplifier 340 and the input end of the first limiting amplifier 330, so that the output voltage signal of the first light receiving component 710 is output to the input end of the second limiting amplifier 340 or the first limiting amplifier 330 through the filter circuit 350.
- the first voltage signal and the third voltage signal output by the first light receiving component 710 are transmitted to the second limiting amplifier 340 through the filter circuit 350, and the second limiting amplifier 340 amplifies or limits the first voltage signal and the third voltage signal; the second voltage signal output by the first light receiving component 710 is transmitted to the first limiting amplifier 330 through the filter circuit 350, and the first limiting amplifier 330 amplifies or limits the second voltage signal.
- the second voltage signal output by the first light receiving component 710 is bypassed by the filter circuit 350 to the first limiting amplifier 330.
- the second limiting amplifier 340 includes a fourth output channel 341 and a fifth output channel 342, and the fourth output channel 341 and the fifth output channel 342 are respectively connected to the gold finger 310.
- the fourth output channel 341 is used to output the first voltage signal processed by the second limiting amplifier 340
- the fifth output channel 342 is used to output the third voltage signal processed by the second limiting amplifier 340.
- the first limiting amplifier 330 includes a second output channel 332, and the second output channel 332 is connected to the gold finger 310.
- the second output channel 332 is used to output the second voltage signal processed by the first limiting amplifier 330.
- Figure 12 is a schematic diagram of the internal structure of another optical module provided according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- Figure 12 shows the setting status of another device in the first shell 510 and the transmission optical path of the optical signal in the first shell 510; wherein the solid arrow is the optical transmission signal, and the dotted arrow is the optical receiving signal.
- the second light receiving component 720 is disposed on the side of the first light receiving component 710.
- the second light receiving component 720 and the first light receiving component 710 are disposed side by side, and the input light path of the second light receiving component 720 is parallel to the input light path of the first light receiving component 710.
- a wavelength division multiplexer 580 and a displacement prism group 590 may be disposed in the first housing 510.
- the wavelength division multiplexer 580 is located on the reflected light path of the first reflector 540, and the wavelength division multiplexer 580 is located on one side of the displacement prism group 590, and the displacement prism group 590 is located on the output light path of the wavelength division multiplexer 580.
- the second light receiving component 720 and the first light receiving component 710 are located on the other side of the displacement prism group 590.
- the optical receiving signal reflected by the first reflector 540 is transmitted to the wavelength division multiplexer 580.
- the wavelength division multiplexer 580 changes the transmission optical path of the optical receiving signal according to the wavelength of the optical receiving signal, so that the receiving optical signals of different wavelengths are transmitted along different optical paths after being output by the wavelength division multiplexer 580.
- the wavelength division multiplexer 580 includes a first optical output port 581, a second optical output port 582, and a third optical output port 583.
- the first optical output port 581 is used to output a fourth wavelength optical signal
- the second optical output port 582 is used to output a fifth wavelength optical signal
- the third optical output port 583 is used to output a sixth wavelength optical signal.
- the third displacement prism 592 includes a fifth reflection surface 5921 and a first refractive surface 5922, and the first refractive surface 5922 is close to the third reflection surface 5191.
- the fifth reflection surface 5921 is located in the light exit direction of the third light exit 583, and is used to reflect the sixth wavelength optical signal output from the third light exit 583 to the first refractive surface 5922.
- the sixth wavelength optical signal is transmitted through the first refractive surface 5922 and the third reflective surface 5191 in sequence to the fourth reflective surface 5192 , and is reflected by the fourth reflective surface 5192 to be transmitted to the second light receiving component 720 .
- the first light receiving component 710 is located on the side of the third displacement prism 592.
- the fifth wavelength optical signal output by the second light outlet 582 passes through the third displacement prism 592 and is then transmitted to the first light receiving component 710.
- FIG. 13 is a circuit diagram of an internal structure of an optical module provided according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 13 shows a circuit diagram using a first light receiving component 710 and a second light receiving component 720 .
- a first limiting amplifier 330 and a second limiting amplifier 340 are provided on the circuit board 300.
- the input end of the first limiting amplifier 330 is connected to the output end of the first light receiving component 710, and the first limiting amplifier 330 amplifies or limits the voltage signal output by the first light receiving component 710.
- the input end of the second limiting amplifier 340 is connected to the output end of the second light receiving component 720, and the second limiting amplifier 340 amplifies or limits the voltage signal output by the second light receiving component 720.
- the second limiting amplifier 340 may include a fourth output channel 341 and a fifth output channel 342 , wherein the fourth output channel 341 is used to output the first voltage signal processed by the second limiting amplifier 340 , and the fifth output channel 342 is used to output the third voltage signal processed by the second limiting amplifier 340 .
- the MCU 320 controls the connection to the second limiting amplifier 340.
- the MCU 320 outputs a fourth control signal to the second limiting amplifier 340 at a fourth target time, so that the second limiting amplifier 340 amplifies or limits the shaping of the first voltage signal, and outputs the processed first voltage signal to the gold finger 310 through the fourth output channel 341;
- the MCU 320 outputs a fifth control signal to the second limiting amplifier 340 at a fifth target time, so that the second limiting amplifier 340 amplifies or limits the shaping of the third voltage signal, and outputs the processed third voltage signal to the gold finger 310 through the fifth output channel 342.
- the fifth target time and the sixth target time can be updated cyclically.
- the MCU 320 outputs a fourth configuration signal to the second TIA 722 at a fourth target time, so that the second TIA 722 converts the first current signal output by the second detector 721 into a first voltage signal according to the fourth configuration; the MCU 320 outputs a fifth configuration signal to the second TIA 722 at a fifth target time, so that the second TIA 722 converts the third current signal output by the second detector 721 into a third voltage signal according to the fifth configuration.
- the fourth configuration signal and the fifth configuration signal may be signals of different levels.
- Figure 15 is a schematic diagram of the internal structure of another optical module provided according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- Figure 15 shows the setting status of another device in the first shell 510 and the transmission optical path of the optical signal in the first shell 510; wherein the solid arrow is the optical transmission signal, and the dotted arrow is the optical receiving signal.
- the second light receiving component 720 is disposed on one side of the first light receiving component 710, and the third light receiving component 730 is disposed on the other side of the first light receiving component 710.
- the first light receiving component 710, the second light receiving component 720 and the third light receiving component 730 are disposed side by side, and the input light path of the third light receiving component 730 and the input light path of the second light receiving component 720 are parallel to the input light path of the first light receiving component 710.
- the third displacement prism 592 includes a fifth reflection surface 5921 and a sixth reflection surface 5923.
- the fifth reflection surface 5921 is located in the light exit direction of the third light exit 583, and is used to reflect the sixth wavelength optical signal output from the third light exit 583 to the sixth reflection surface 5923.
- the sixth reflection surface 5923 is located on the input optical path of the third light receiving component 730, and the sixth reflection surface 5923 reflects and transmits the sixth wavelength optical signal to the third light receiving component 730.
- the gap there is a gap between the second displacement prism 591 and the third displacement prism 592 , and the input light path of the first light receiving component 710 passes through the gap.
- the fifth wavelength optical signal output by the second light outlet 582 passes through the gap and is transmitted to the first light receiving component 710 .
- FIG. 16 is a circuit diagram of an internal structure of an optical module provided according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 16 shows a circuit diagram using a first light receiving component 710 , a second light receiving component 720 , and a third light receiving component 730 .
- a fourth displacement prism 501 is disposed in the first housing 510, and the fourth displacement prism 501 is located on the input optical path of the optical emission signal.
- the fourth displacement prism 501 is disposed along the width direction of the first housing 510 to adjust the transmission optical path of the optical emission signal in the width direction of the first housing 510, so as to translate the transmission optical path of the optical emission signal.
- the fourth displacement prism 501 includes a seventh reflection surface and an eighth reflection surface.
- the optical emission signal transmitted into the first housing 510 is incident on the seventh reflection surface, reflected by the seventh reflection surface and transmitted to the eighth emission surface, reflected by the eighth emission surface and transmitted to the second reflector 550, and finally passes through the second reflector 550.
- an isolator 502 may be provided on the first housing 510, and the isolator 502 is embedded in the side wall of the first housing 510, and the isolator 502 is located on the side of the fourth displacement prism 501 away from the second reflector 550.
- the isolator 502 is used to isolate the optical signal reflected back by the seventh reflective surface to prevent the optical signal from being transmitted to the optical emitting component 400.
- FIG. 19 is an assembly diagram of an optical transceiver component and an optical fiber adapter provided according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 20 is an exploded diagram of an optical transceiver component and an optical fiber adapter provided according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 21 is a structural diagram of a first cavity provided according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- the optical receiving component 500 may include a first cavity. One end of the first cavity may be connected to the optical emitting component 400. The other end of the first cavity may be connected to the optical fiber adapter 700 so that the first cavity may receive a received optical signal emitted by the optical fiber adapter 700.
- One end of the first cavity may be connected to the optical emitting component 400, and the other end of the first cavity may be connected to one end of the optical fiber adapter 700 so that the emitted optical signal emitted by the optical emitting component 400 is first transmitted to the first cavity, then transmitted to the optical fiber adapter 700 through the first cavity, and finally output through the optical fiber adapter 700.
- the at least one optical receiving component may include a first optical receiving component 520.
- the first optical receiving component 520 may receive a fourth wavelength optical signal, the fourth wavelength optical signal having a wavelength range of 1284-1288 nm.
- the receiving socket is also provided with a receiving pin, one end of which is connected to the circuit board 300 through a flexible circuit board to realize electrical connection between the receiving pin and the circuit board 300.
- the receiving pin extends upward from the bottom of the receiving socket until it goes beyond the top of the receiving socket, and is wired to the pad where the optical receiving chip is located to realize electrical connection between the receiving pin and the optical receiving chip, thereby transmitting the electrical signal to the circuit board 300 through the receiving pin.
- the receiving tube cap of the optical receiving assembly is provided with a second lens.
- the second lens is a converging lens, which can converge the optical signal incident to the second lens and couple it to the optical receiving chip in the receiving cavity.
- the receiving rate of the optical receiving chip of the first optical receiving component 520, the receiving rate of the optical receiving chip of the second optical receiving component 530, and the receiving rate of the optical receiving chip of the third optical receiving component 540 may all be different.
- the receiving rate of the optical receiving chip of the first optical receiving component 520 is greater than the receiving rate of the optical receiving chip of the second optical receiving component 530, and greater than the receiving rate of the optical receiving chip of the third optical receiving component 540.
- the receiving rate of the optical receiving chip of the first optical receiving component 520 is 25G
- the receiving rate of the optical receiving chip of the second optical receiving component 530 is 10G
- the receiving rate of the optical receiving chip of the third optical receiving component 540 is 2.5G.
- the first light receiving component 520 , the second light receiving component 530 , and the third light receiving component 540 are all located on the same side wall of the first cavity.
- the first light receiving assembly 520 and the second light receiving assembly 530 may be located on one side wall of the first cavity, and the third light receiving assembly 540 may be located on the other side wall of the first cavity to reduce the length dimension of the light receiving component 500 .
- the first cavity may include a first connection hole 5111.
- the first connection hole 5111 may be located at a first end of the first cavity.
- the first connection hole 5111 may be connected to the optical fiber adapter 700 to connect the optical fiber adapter 700 to the first cavity.
- one end of the connecting sleeve 710 is inserted into the first connection hole. 5111 , the other end of the connecting sleeve 710 is connected to the optical fiber adapter 700 , so that the optical fiber adapter 700 is connected to the first cavity through the connecting sleeve 710 .
- the first cavity may include a third connection hole 5122.
- the third connection hole 5122 may be used for inserting the first light receiving assembly 520 so as to connect the first light receiving assembly 520 with the first cavity.
- the third connecting hole 5122 and the fourth connecting hole 5121 can be located on one side wall of the first cavity, and the fifth connecting hole 5141 is located on the other side wall of the first cavity, so that the first light receiving component 520 and the second light receiving component 530 are located on one side wall of the first cavity, and the third light receiving component 540 is located on the other side wall of the first cavity, thereby reducing the length dimension of the first cavity.
- the first cavity may include a first cover plate 515.
- the first cover plate 515 may be covered on the first housing 510 to form the first cavity.
- a first optical component 517 may be disposed in the first cavity.
- the first optical component 517 may transmit a transmitted optical signal to the optical fiber adapter 700, or may split a received optical signal transmitted by the optical fiber adapter 700 to the first cavity, and then transmit the split optical signal to a corresponding optical receiving component.
- the first housing 510 may include a third side wall 513.
- One end of the third side wall 513 may be connected to the other end of the second side wall 512.
- the third side wall 513 may be arranged opposite to the first side wall 511.
- the third side wall 513 may have a second connection hole 5131.
- the second connection hole 5131 may cross the third side wall 513 so that the second connection hole 5131 may be connected to the inner cavity of the first cavity, so that the emission light signal emitted by the light emitting component 400 may be incident to the first cavity along the second connection hole 5131.
- the first housing 510 may include a fourth side wall 514.
- One end of the fourth side wall 514 may be connected to one end of the third side wall 513.
- the other end of the fourth side wall 514 may be connected to the other end of the first side wall 511.
- the fourth side wall 514 may be disposed opposite to the second side wall 512.
- the fourth side wall 514 may include a second supporting wall 5144.
- One end of the second supporting wall 5144 may be connected to the first supporting wall 5133.
- the other end of the second supporting wall 5144 may be connected to the first side wall 511.
- the second supporting wall 5144 may be connected to the second connecting wall 5143.
- the second supporting wall 5144 is more recessed relative to the second connecting wall 5143 so that the second supporting wall 5144 supports the first cover plate 515.
- the second supporting wall 5144 may include a second supporting portion 51444. One end of the second supporting portion 51444 may be connected to the other end of the first supporting portion 51441.
- the width of the second supporting portion 51444 is smaller than the width of the first supporting portion 51441, that is, the vertical distance between the second supporting portion 51444 and the second side wall 512 is greater than the vertical distance between the first supporting portion 51441 and the second side wall 512, so as to provide an accommodation space for the first optical component 517.
- the first light through hole 51443 may be arranged corresponding to the first connection hole 5111 , so that the optical signal passes through the first light through hole 51443 and then enters the first connection hole 5111 .
- the central axis of the first connection hole 5111 (as shown in e in FIG. 23 ) is closer to the fourth side wall 514 than the central axis of the first side wall 511 (as shown in f in FIG. 23 ).
- One side of the step 5142 (the left side as shown in FIG. 23) is more recessed than the other side of the step 5142 (the right side as shown in FIG. 23), and one side of the step 5142 has a fifth connection hole 5141, and a light receiving component can be disposed in the fifth connection hole 5141.
- the step 5142 can provide an accommodation space for the light receiving component in the fifth connection hole 5141, so as to reduce the width dimension of the light receiving component 500.
- FIG. 25 is a light path diagram of a first optical component provided according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 26 is a light path diagram of another first optical component provided according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- the first optical component 517 may include a first lens 5171.
- the first lens 5171 is used to collimate/converge optical signals. For example, the received optical signal transmitted from the first cavity to the optical fiber adapter 700 is converged by the first lens 5171, and the optical signal transmitted from the optical fiber adapter 700 to the first cavity is collimated by the first lens 5171.
- the first optical component 517 may include a first filter 5173.
- the first filter 5173 may be located on one side of the first lens 5171, so that the first filter 5173 can reflect the received optical signal collimated by the first lens 5171.
- the first filter 5173 can receive the emission light signal and transmit the emission light signal to the first lens 5171 .
- the first filter 5173 is tilted so that the received light signal can be reflected.
- the tilt angle of the first filter 5173 is a first preset angle.
- the first preset angle can be 8° to 13°.
- the first preset angle may be 10° to 13°.
- the first end of the splitter assembly 5172 has a light input
- the received optical signal including the fourth wavelength, the fifth wavelength and the sixth wavelength transmitted by the optical fiber adapter 700 is incident on the light input of the first end of the splitter assembly 5172 and is reflected by the second end of the splitter assembly 5172.
- the first end of the wave splitter component 5172 can be set corresponding to the first end of the first shell 510, and the second end of the wave splitter component 5172 can be set corresponding to the second end of the first shell 510, so that the wave splitter component 5172 can be set along the length direction of the first shell 510.
- the wave splitter assembly 5172 can be arranged along the length direction of the optical receiving component 500, that is, the wave splitter assembly 5172 can be arranged along the length direction of the first housing 510 to reduce the width dimension of the first housing 510, thereby reducing the width dimension of the optical receiving component 500.
- the wave splitter assembly 5172 is arranged along the length direction of the first housing 510, the width dimension of the first housing 510 that needs to accommodate the wave splitter assembly 5172 can be reduced to meet the demand. Since the length dimension of the receiving pin of the optical receiving component is small, the width dimension of the first housing 510 is reduced, and the width dimension of the optical receiving component 500 is also reduced.
- the inclination angle of the first end of the wave splitter assembly 5172 is within a first preset range, so that the received optical signal including the fourth wavelength, the fifth wavelength and the sixth wavelength incident on the wave splitter assembly 5172 can be separated into the fourth wavelength optical signal, the fifth wavelength optical signal and the sixth wavelength optical signal by the wave splitter assembly 5172.
- the first preset range is 8° ⁇ 1°.
- FIG27 is a structural diagram of a wave splitter assembly provided according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- the wave splitter assembly 5172 may include a substrate 51721.
- the substrate 51721 is a block substrate.
- the first end surface of the substrate 51721 is arranged corresponding to the first end of the light receiving component 500, and the second end surface of the substrate 51721 is arranged corresponding to the second end of the light receiving component 500, so that the substrate 51721 is arranged along the length direction of the light receiving component 500.
- the first end surface of the substrate 51721 may face the first connection hole 5111.
- the second end surface of the substrate 51721 may face the second connection hole 5131.
- the first end surface of the substrate 51721 and the second end surface of the substrate 51721 are arranged in parallel, so that the optical signal incident to the substrate 51721 and the optical signal emitted from the substrate 51721 are parallel to each other.
- a vertical distance between a side wall of the substrate 51721 away from the light entrance a and the second side wall 512 is smaller than a vertical distance between the first light hole 51443 and the second side wall 512 to prevent the emission light signal from passing through the substrate 51721 .
- the wave splitter 5172 may include a first reflection portion b.
- the first reflection portion b may be located at the second end surface of the substrate 51721.
- the first reflection portion b may be arranged opposite to the light incident portion a, so that the first reflection portion b may reflect the received optical signal incident through the light incident portion a.
- the first wave plate 51722 may be a bandpass filter that allows signals within a certain frequency range to pass through and blocks signals of other frequencies from passing through.
- the first wave plate 51722 may allow a fourth wavelength optical signal to be transmitted, and may also allow other wavelength optical signals to be reflected.
- the wave splitting component 5172 may include a second wave plate 51723.
- the second wave plate 51723 may be disposed on the second end face of the substrate 51721.
- the second wave plate 51723 may be disposed adjacent to the first reflection location b.
- the second wave plate 51723 may be located on the reflection light path of the first wave plate 51722 so that the received light signal reflected by the first wave plate 51722 may be incident on the second wave plate 51723.
- the second wave plate 51723 serves as the second light output point of the wave splitting assembly 5172 , so that the fifth wavelength optical signal in the wave splitting assembly 5172 is transmitted out through the second wave plate 51723 .
- the second reflection location c may be a wave plate disposed in an area of the first end surface of the substrate 51721 adjacent to the first wave plate 51722.
- the wave plate does not allow the received light signal to pass through, but allows the received light signal to be reflected.
- the second reflection point c may be a high-reflection film coated on a region of the first end surface of the substrate 51721 adjacent to the first wave plate 51722.
- the high-reflection film does not allow the received light signal to pass through, but allows the received light signal to be reflected.
- the third wave plate 51724 can be a bandpass filter that allows signals within a certain frequency range to pass through and blocks signals of other frequencies from passing through.
- the third wave plate 51724 can allow the sixth wavelength optical signal to be transmitted, and can also allow other wavelength optical signals to be reflected.
- a first light receiving assembly 520 may be disposed in the third connection hole 5122 .
- a second light receiving assembly 530 may be disposed in the fourth connection hole 5121 .
- the first optical component 517 may include a third reflector 5176.
- the third reflector 5176 may be located on the transmission light path of the first wave plate 51722, so that the third reflector 5176 can receive the fourth wavelength optical signal transmitted by the first wave plate 51722.
- the third reflector 5176 can reflect the received fourth wavelength optical signal.
- the third connection hole 5122 may be located on the reflection light path of the third reflector 5176, so that the first light receiving component 520 in the third connection hole 5122 can be located on the reflection light path of the third reflector 5176, and then the third reflector 5176 can reflect the fourth wavelength optical signal to the first light receiving component 520.
- the inclination angle of the reflective surface of the third reflector 5176 is not 45°, so that the fourth wavelength light signal is reflected by the reflective surface of the third reflector 5176 and then obliquely incident to the first light receiving component 520, thereby reducing the fourth wavelength light signal returning along the original path when it reaches the first light receiving component 520.
- the third reflector 5176 and the first wave plate 51722 or the third reflector 5176 and the first light receiving assembly 520 may be connected to the optical fiber 20 via a plurality of channels.
- An optical filter may be provided to filter out received optical signals of wavelengths other than the first wavelength.
- the first optical component 517 may include a beam splitter prism 5177.
- the beam splitter prism 5177 may include a first reflective surface 51771.
- the first reflective surface 51771 may be located on the transmission light path of the second wave plate 51723, so that the first reflective surface 51771 may receive the fifth wavelength optical signal transmitted by the second wave plate 51723.
- the fourth connecting hole 5121 may be located on the reflection light path of the first reflective surface 51771, so that the second optical receiving component 530 in the fourth connecting hole 5121 may be located on the reflection light path of the first reflective surface 51771, thereby enabling the first reflective surface 51771 to reflect the fifth wavelength optical signal to the second optical receiving component 530.
- the beam splitter prism 5177 may include a second reflective surface 51772.
- the second reflective surface 51772 may be located on the transmission light path of the third wave plate 51724, so that the second reflective surface 51772 may receive the sixth wavelength optical signal transmitted by the third wave plate 51724.
- the fifth connection hole 5141 may be located on the reflection light path of the second reflective surface 51772, so that the third optical receiving component 540 in the fifth connection hole 5141 may be located on the reflection light path of the second reflective surface 51772, and thus the second reflective surface 51772 may reflect the sixth wavelength optical signal to the third optical receiving component 540.
- the beam splitter prism 5177 may include a first incident surface.
- the first incident surface may be located between the first reflective surface 51771 and the second wave plate 51723. One end of the first incident surface may be connected to one end of the first reflective surface 51771.
- the beam splitter prism 5177 may include a first exit surface.
- the first exit surface may be located between the first reflective surface and the second light receiving assembly 530.
- One end of the first exit surface may be connected to the other end of the first reflective surface 51771.
- the other end of the first exit surface may be connected to the other end of the first incident surface.
- the side of the support member 51442 facing the first side wall 511 may be arranged parallel to the first optical filter 5173. That is, the inclination angle of the side of the support member 51442 facing the first side wall 511 is equal to the inclination angle of the first optical filter 5173.
- the inclination angle of the side of the support member 51442 facing the first side wall 511 is a first preset angle.
- the side of the third support portion 51445 facing the support member 51442 may be arranged parallel to the first reflective sheet 5174. That is, the tilt angle of the side of the third support portion 51445 facing the support member 51442 is equal to the tilt angle of the first reflective sheet 5174. For example, the tilt angle of the side of the third support portion 51445 facing the support member 51442 is the second preset angle.
- the receiving rate of the first optical receiving component 520 is greater than the receiving rates of the second optical receiving component 530 and the third optical receiving component 540, resulting in the receiving photosensitive surface of the first optical receiving component 520 being smaller than the receiving photosensitive surfaces of the second optical receiving component 530 and the third optical receiving component 540, so that the transmission path of the fourth wavelength optical signal received by the first optical receiving component 520 is the shortest, and the optical receiving chip of the first optical receiving component 520 can receive the fourth wavelength optical signal with high coupling efficiency.
- optical path is as follows:
- the received optical signal is first collimated by the first lens 5171, and then sequentially reflected by the first filter 5173, the first reflector 5174, and the second reflector 5175, and then incident on the light entrance a of the wave splitter 5172, and then reflected again by the first reflection b.
- the fourth wavelength optical signal in the received optical signal is transmitted through the first wave plate 51722, and finally reflected by the third reflector 5176.
- the fifth wavelength optical signal in the received optical signal is reflected by the first wave plate 51722 , transmitted through the second wave plate 51723 , and then reflected by the first reflection surface 51771 of the beam splitter prism 5177 .
- FIG30 is an exploded view of an optical transceiver component provided according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- the optical receiving component 500 includes a transceiver cavity 510 and a plurality of optical receiving components, and the plurality of optical receiving components are connected to the transceiver cavity 510.
- the plurality of optical receiving components include a first optical receiving component 520, a second optical receiving component 530, and a third optical receiving component 540.
- the optical emitting component 400 adopts a micro-optical package
- the first optical receiving component 520, the second optical receiving component 530, and the third optical receiving component 540 adopt a coaxial package.
- the receiving optical axes of the first optical receiving component 520, the second optical receiving component 530, and the third optical receiving component 540 are parallel to each other. That is, the first optical receiving component 520, the second optical receiving component 530, and the third optical receiving component 540 each include a receiving tube cap and a receiving tube seat, and the receiving tube cap is covered on the receiving tube seat to form a receiving cavity, and a light receiving chip is arranged in the receiving cavity, and the light receiving chip receives the optical signal and converts the optical signal into an electrical signal.
- the receiving socket is also provided with a receiving pin, one end of which is connected to the first circuit board 301 through the second circuit board 302 to realize electrical connection between the receiving pin and the first circuit board 301.
- the receiving pin extends upward from the bottom of the receiving socket until it goes beyond the top of the receiving socket, and is wired to the pad where the optical receiving chip is located to realize electrical connection between the receiving pin and the optical receiving chip, thereby transmitting the electrical signal to the first circuit board 301 through the receiving pin.
- the optical module 200 is used to receive a beam of optical signals including three wavelength ranges and to transmit a beam of optical signals including three wavelength ranges.
- the optical emitting component 400 is used to output a beam of optical signals including a first wavelength, a second wavelength and a third wavelength
- the first optical receiving component 520 is used to receive an optical signal of a fourth wavelength
- the second optical receiving component 530 is used to receive an optical signal of a fifth wavelength
- the third optical receiving component 540 is used to receive an optical signal of a sixth wavelength.
- the first side of the transceiver cavity 510 is connected to the optical fiber adapter 700, the second side of the transceiver cavity 510 is provided with the first light receiving assembly 520, the second light receiving assembly 530 and the third light receiving assembly 540, and the third side of the transceiver cavity 510 is provided with the light emitting component 400.
- the first side of the transceiver cavity 510 is close to the optical port of the optical module
- the second side of the transceiver cavity 510 is close to the lower side plate 2022 of the lower housing 202
- the third side of the transceiver cavity 510 is close to the electrical port of the optical module.
- a first connection hole is provided on the first side of the transceiver cavity 510
- a second connection hole, a third connection hole and a fourth connection hole are provided on the second side of the transceiver cavity 510
- a fifth connection hole is provided on the third side of the transceiver cavity 510.
- the first connection hole, the second connection hole, the third connection hole, the fourth connection hole and the fifth connection hole are connected to the inner cavity of the transceiver cavity 510 respectively.
- the other end of the optical fiber adapter 700 is connected to the first connection hole; the first light receiving component 520 is connected to the second connection hole, the second light receiving component 530 is connected to the third connection hole, the third light receiving component 540 is connected to the fourth connection hole, and the light emitting component 400 is connected to the fifth connection hole.
- the second connection hole, the third connection hole and the fourth connection hole are arranged in sequence on the second side of the transceiver cavity 510.
- an optical fiber adapter 700 is provided on the first side of the transceiver cavity 510, one end of the optical fiber adapter 700 is used to connect the optical fiber, and the other end of the optical fiber adapter 700 is connected to the transceiver cavity 510, so that the transceiver cavity 510 is optically connected to the optical fiber through the optical fiber adapter 700.
- a first connecting hole 5111 is provided on one side of the transceiver cavity 510, and a connecting sleeve 710 is provided on the other end of the optical fiber adapter 700.
- the first connection hole 5111 extends from the inside of the transceiver cavity 510 to the outside of the transceiver cavity 510, that is, the first connection hole 5111 is a through hole that crosses the first side panel of the transceiver cavity 510, so as to facilitate the transmission of optical signals back and forth between the transceiver cavity 510 and the optical fiber adapter 700 outside the transceiver cavity 510.
- the fourth side of the transceiver housing is close to the lower side plate 2022 of the lower housing 202 and is located on a different side of the transceiver housing from the second side of the transceiver housing.
- the first transceiver side plate 511 is provided with a first connection hole 5111
- the second transceiver side plate 512 is provided with a second connection hole 5121
- the third transceiver side plate 513 is provided with a fifth connection hole 5131.
- the first transceiver side plate 511, the second transceiver side plate 512, the third transceiver side plate 513 and the fourth transceiver side plate 514 are integrally formed.
- the third transceiver side panel 513 includes a first sub-transceiver side panel 5133 and a second sub-transceiver side panel 5134, one end of the first sub-transceiver side panel 5133 is connected to the second transceiver side panel 512, the other end of the first sub-transceiver side panel 5133 is connected to one end of the second sub-transceiver side panel 5134, and the other end of the second sub-transceiver side panel 5134 is connected to the fourth transceiver side panel 514, so that the third transceiver side panel 513 has an avoidance notch to avoid the light emitting component 400.
- the second sub-transceiver side panel 5134 is provided with an avoidance gap 5135, which is formed by the inner wall of the second sub-transceiver side panel 5134 being recessed toward the outer wall of the second sub-transceiver side panel 5134, and the side wall of the avoidance gap 5135 includes one end of the fifth connecting hole 5131.
- first transceiver side panel 511 and the second transceiver side panel 512 form a second accommodating cavity 5165
- first sub-transceiver side panel 5133 and the second transceiver side panel 512 form a third accommodating cavity 5166 .
- the first accommodating cavity includes a accommodating cavity body 5163, a storage piece 5169, a second storage groove 5162 and a third storage groove 5164
- the first connecting hole 5111 is located on the first side of the accommodating cavity body 5163
- the third storage groove 5164 is located on the second side of the accommodating cavity body 5163
- the storage piece 5169 is located on the third side of the accommodating cavity body 5163
- the second storage groove 5162 is located on the fourth side of the accommodating cavity body 5163
- the second storage groove 5162 and the third storage groove 5164 are more recessed relative to the accommodating cavity body 5163
- the storage piece 5169 is more protruding relative to the accommodating cavity body 5163.
- the third storage groove 5164 is communicated with the accommodating cavity body 5163, the second accommodating cavity 5165 and the third accommodating cavity 5166 respectively, so that the first accommodating cavity, the second accommodating cavity 5165 and the third accommodating cavity 5166 are communicated with each other.
- the first end of the placement piece 5169 is connected to the accommodating cavity body 5163, and the second end of the placement piece 5169 is connected to the inner wall of the second sub-transceiver side panel 5134 of the third transceiver side panel 513.
- the placement piece 5169 is more recessed relative to the second sub-transceiver side panel 5134 to facilitate the mounting of optical components.
- a first storage groove 5161 is provided on the storage piece 5169.
- the first storage groove 5161 is located between the accommodating cavity body 5163 and the avoidance gap 5135.
- the first storage groove 5161 is recessed relative to the storage piece 5169 to facilitate the placement of the optical component.
- the first storage slot 5161 is located between the accommodating cavity body 5163 and the second sub-transceiver side plate 5134 of the third transceiver side plate 513, the first port of the first storage slot 5161 is connected to the fifth connecting hole 5131, and the second port of the first storage slot 5161 is located at the notch of the first supporting surface 5167, so that the second port of the first storage slot 5161 is connected to the accommodating cavity body 5163, so that the optical signal incident through the fifth connecting hole 5131 can be transmitted along the first storage slot 5161 to the accommodating cavity body 5163.
- the central axes of the first port of the first storage slot 5161 and the second port of the first storage slot 5161 do not overlap, that is, the first port of the first storage slot 5161 and the second port of the first storage slot 5161 do not overlap on the Y axis.
- the accommodating cavity body 5163 includes a first side wall and a second side wall, the first side wall of the accommodating cavity body 5163 is arranged opposite to the second side wall of the accommodating cavity body 5163, the second side wall of the accommodating cavity body 5163 is connected to the first end of the storage member 5169, and the second side wall of the accommodating cavity body 5163 includes a first supporting surface 5167, the first supporting surface 5167 is the connecting surface between the first storage groove 5161 and the accommodating cavity body 5163, and the first supporting surface 5167 is used to support part of the second optical component.
- the first supporting surface 5167 is an inclined surface, and the first supporting surface 5167 is inclined along one end of the inner side wall of the third transceiver side plate 513 to the other end, that is, the central axis of the fifth connecting hole 5131 is not perpendicular to the first supporting surface 5167.
- the second side wall of the accommodating cavity body 5163 also includes a second supporting surface 5168, which is used to support a portion of the second optical component.
- the first supporting surface 5167 and the second supporting surface 5168 are connected, and the first supporting surface 5167 and the second supporting surface 5168 are arranged non-parallel to each other, so that the second supporting surface 5168 is arranged parallel to the inner wall of the second sub-transceiver side panel 5134.
- FIG36 is an optical path diagram of a second optical component provided according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- the second optical component 517 includes a first displacement prism 5171, a first filter 5172, a second displacement prism 5173, a fourth lens 5174, a first reflector 5175, a wave splitter 5176, a second filter 5177, a third displacement prism 5178, and a fourth displacement prism 5179, wherein the fourth lens 5174 is located in the first connecting hole 5111, and the first displacement prism 5171, the first filter 5172, the second displacement prism 5173, the first reflector 5175, the wave splitter 5176, the second filter 5177, the third displacement prism 5178, and the fourth displacement prism 5179 are located in the accommodating cavity 516.
- the first port of the first storage slot 5161 and the second port of the first storage slot 5161 do not overlap on the Y axis.
- a first displacement prism 5171 is disposed in the first storage slot 5161.
- the optical signal enters the first displacement prism 5171 through the incident surface of the first displacement prism 5171, the optical signal is reflected from the first reflection surface of the first displacement prism 5171 to the second reflection surface of the first displacement prism 5171, the optical signal is reflected from the second reflection surface of the first displacement prism 5171 to the exit surface of the first displacement prism 5171, and the optical signal is emitted through the exit surface of the first displacement prism 5171.
- the first optical filter 5172 is disposed on the first supporting surface 5167, covering the second port of the first storage slot 5161, and the signal light output by the light emitting component 400 is transmitted to the first optical filter 5172; the first optical filter 5172 is used to transmit the optical signal output by the light emitting component 400 and transmit it to the second displacement prism 5173, and the first optical filter 5172 is also used to reflect the optical signal output from the second displacement prism 5173 to the first reflector 5175.
- the first surface of the first optical filter 5172 faces the second displacement prism 5173, and the second surface of the first optical filter 5172 is against the first supporting surface 5167.
- the second displacement prism 5173 is used to adjust the position of the optical signal in the Y direction of the transceiver housing, so as to adapt to the requirements of the optical module for the assembly position of the optical fiber adapter 700, and to provide sufficient space for setting the first reflector 5175 and the first filter 5172.
- the optical signal enters the second displacement prism 5173 through the incident surface of the second displacement prism 5173, the optical signal is reflected from the first reflection surface of the second displacement prism 5173 to the second reflection surface of the second displacement prism 5173, the optical signal is reflected from the second reflection surface of the second displacement prism 5173 to the exit surface of the second displacement prism 5173, and the optical signal is emitted through the exit surface of the second displacement prism 5173.
- the incident surface of the second displacement prism 5173 refers to the side of the second displacement prism 5173 facing the first filter 5172
- the exit surface of the second displacement prism 5173 refers to the side of the second displacement prism 5173 facing the fourth lens 5174
- the incident surface of the second displacement prism 5173 refers to the side of the second displacement prism 5173 facing the fourth lens 5174
- the exit surface of the second displacement prism 5173 refers to the side facing the first filter 5172.
- the second displacement prism 5173 is located at the edge of the first connection hole 5111, so that the optical signal passing through the first connection hole 5111 is transmitted to the second displacement prism 5173, and the optical signal output by the second displacement prism 5173 is transmitted to the first connection hole 5111.
- the first side surface of the second displacement prism 5173 is against the first side wall of the accommodating cavity body 5163 (i.e., the inner side wall of the first transceiver side plate 511), or the first side surface of the second displacement prism 5173 is sealed and connected to the first connection hole 5111.
- the first side surface of the second displacement prism 5173 is perpendicular or approximately perpendicular to the central axis of the first connecting hole 5111, so that the optical signal incident on the first side surface of the second displacement prism 5173 through the first connecting hole 5111 is transmitted perpendicularly or approximately perpendicularly to the first side surface of the second displacement prism 5173, and the optical signal output from the first side surface of the second displacement prism 5173 can be transmitted to the first connecting hole 5111 along the central axis of the first connecting hole 5111.
- the first reflector 5175 is disposed in the second placement slot 5162, and the first reflector 5175 is used to reflect the optical signal reflected by the first filter 5172 to the wave splitter 5176.
- the first reflector 5175 is tiltedly disposed in the first accommodating cavity, that is, the reflection surface of the first reflector 5175 is not parallel to the second side surface of the second displacement prism 5173 and the angle is less than 90°.
- the side of the wave splitter 5176 is against the second supporting surface 5168 , and the side of the wave splitter 5176 contacts the positioning notch 51681 , and the positioning notch 51681 facilitates the positioning and assembly of the wave splitter 5176 .
- the third displacement prism 5178 is disposed in the second accommodating cavity 5165, and the fourth wavelength optical signal output by the splitter 5176 is transmitted to the third displacement prism 5178; the fourth displacement prism 5179 is disposed in the third accommodating cavity 5166, and the sixth wavelength optical signal output by the splitter 5176 is transmitted to the fourth displacement prism 5179.
- the third displacement prism 5178 and the fourth displacement prism 5179 are used to adjust the position of the optical signal in the X direction of the transceiver housing so that the optical signal split by the splitter 5176 is
- the beam-formed optical signal can be transmitted to the corresponding first light receiving component 520 , second light receiving component 530 , and third light receiving component 540 .
- a plurality of second filters are disposed in the second accommodating cavity 5165 and the third accommodating cavity 5166, such as a second filter disposed at the output end of the third displacement prism 5178 and a second filter disposed at the output end of the fourth displacement prism 5179.
- the second filter is used for filtering the optical signal before it is input into the corresponding optical accommodating component, reducing the clutter in the optical signal of the corresponding wavelength, and ensuring the receiving quality of the optical signal.
- a second filter 5177 is disposed in the third storage slot 5164 and the second filter 5177 is located at the end of the third connecting hole 5122, and the second filter 5177 is located at the light input front end of the second optical receiving component 530.
- the second filter 5177 is used to filter out clutter in the optical signal that is about to be incident on the second optical receiving component 530, and improve the quality of the optical signal incident on the second optical receiving component 530.
- the light emitting signal output by the light emitting component 400 is first adjusted in position in the Y direction by the first displacement prism 5171 and then incident on the first filter 5172, then incident on the second displacement prism 5173 through the first filter 5172, then adjusted in position in the Y direction by the second displacement prism 5173 and incident on the fourth lens 5174, and finally converged by the fourth lens 5174.
- a beam of received light signals including the fourth wavelength, the fifth wavelength and the sixth wavelength is firstly collimated by the fourth lens 5174 and then transmitted to the second displacement prism 5173, and then is adjusted in position in the Y direction by the second displacement prism 5173 and is incident on the first filter 5172, and then is reflected by the first filter 5172 and transmitted to the first reflector 5175, and then is reflected by the first reflector 5175 and transmitted to the splitter 5176, and finally the received light signal is split into a fourth wavelength light signal, a fifth wavelength light signal and a sixth wavelength light signal according to the wavelength of the light signal by the splitter 5176.
- the fourth wavelength optical signal is transmitted to the incident surface of the third displacement prism 5178, the optical signal is incident on the first reflection surface of the third displacement prism 5178 through the incident surface of the third displacement prism 5178, the optical signal is reflected from the first reflection surface of the third displacement prism 5178 to the second reflection surface of the third displacement prism 5178, the optical signal is reflected from the second reflection surface of the third displacement prism 5178 to the exit surface of the third displacement prism 5178, and the optical signal is emitted from the exit surface of the third displacement prism 5178 to the first optical receiving component 520.
- the fifth wavelength optical signal is transmitted to the second optical receiving component 530 through the second filter 5177.
- the sixth wavelength optical signal is transmitted to the incident surface of the fourth displacement prism 5179.
- the optical signal is incident on the first reflection surface of the fourth displacement prism 5179 through the incident surface of the fourth displacement prism 5179.
- the optical signal is reflected from the first reflection surface of the fourth displacement prism 5179 to the second reflection surface of the fourth displacement prism 5179.
- the optical signal is reflected from the second reflection surface of the fourth displacement prism 5179 to the exit surface of the fourth displacement prism 5179.
- the optical signal is emitted from the exit surface of the fourth displacement prism 5179 to the third optical receiving component 540.
- the fourth wavelength optical signal is transmitted to the first optical receiving component 520, the fifth wavelength optical signal is transmitted to the second optical receiving component 530, and the sixth wavelength optical signal is transmitted to the third optical receiving component 540.
- the optical signal transmitted to the first optical receiving component 520 is not limited to the fourth wavelength optical signal, and may also include optical signals of other wavelengths, but mainly the fourth wavelength optical signal
- the optical signal transmitted to the second optical receiving component 530 is not limited to the fifth wavelength optical signal, and may also include optical signals of other wavelengths, but mainly the fifth wavelength optical signal
- the optical signal transmitted to the third optical receiving component 540 is not limited to the sixth wavelength optical signal, and may also include optical signals of other wavelengths, but mainly the sixth wavelength optical signal.
- the wavelength of the fourth wavelength optical signal is smaller than the wavelength of the fifth wavelength optical signal
- the wavelength of the fifth wavelength optical signal is smaller than the wavelength of the sixth wavelength optical signal.
- the wavelength range of the fourth wavelength optical signal received by the first optical receiving component 520 is 1260-1280nm, such as the wavelength of the fourth wavelength optical signal is 1270nm
- the wavelength range of the fifth wavelength optical signal received by the second optical receiving component 530 is 1284-1288nm, such as the wavelength of the fifth wavelength optical signal is 1286nm
- the wavelength range of the sixth wavelength optical signal received by the third optical receiving component 540 is 1290-1330nm, such as the wavelength of the sixth wavelength optical signal is 1310nm.
- the first optical receiving component 520, the second optical receiving component 530 and the third optical receiving component 540 respectively include photodetectors, which are used to receive optical signals and convert them into electrical signals.
- the receiving rate of the photodetector in the second optical receiving component 530 is greater than the receiving rate of the photodetector in the first optical receiving component 520
- the receiving rate of the photodetector in the second optical receiving component 530 is greater than the receiving rate of the photodetector in the third optical receiving component 540, so that the transmission optical path of the fifth wavelength optical signal with the highest transmission rate from the output of the splitter 5176 to the photodetector is relatively short and the optical path is simplest, so that the photodetector in the second optical receiving component 530 can receive the optical signal with high coupling efficiency.
- the receiving rate of the photodetector in the first optical receiving component 520 is 10G
- the receiving rate of the photodetector in the second optical receiving component 530 is 50G
- the receiving rate of the photodetector in the third optical receiving component 540 is 2.5G.
- one end of the light emitting component 400 is connected to the second sub-transceiver side panel 5134, and one side edge of the light emitting component 400 is close to the first sub-transceiver side panel 5133, so that the light emitting component 400 is located at the avoidance corner of the transceiver shell, thereby making the assembly of the light emitting component 400 and the light receiving component 500 more compact, effectively reducing the overall size of the light emitting component 400 and the light receiving component 500.
- the second shell 410 may be provided with a wavelength division multiplexer 401, which is located on the light output paths of the first laser assembly 440, the second laser assembly 450 and the third laser assembly 460, and is used for wavelength division multiplexing the first wavelength optical signal, the second wavelength optical signal and the third wavelength optical signal, so that the first wavelength optical signal, the second wavelength optical signal and the third wavelength optical signal are output from the second shell 410 along the same optical path.
- a wavelength division multiplexer 401 which is located on the light output paths of the first laser assembly 440, the second laser assembly 450 and the third laser assembly 460, and is used for wavelength division multiplexing the first wavelength optical signal, the second wavelength optical signal and the third wavelength optical signal, so that the first wavelength optical signal, the second wavelength optical signal and the third wavelength optical signal are output from the second shell 410 along the same optical path.
- a second lens 4181 is disposed between the first laser assembly 440 and the wavelength division multiplexer 401 , and the second lens 4181 collimates the first wavelength optical signal.
- a third lens 4182 is disposed between the second laser assembly 450 and the wavelength division multiplexer 401 , and the third lens 418 collimates the second wavelength optical signal.
- the first side wall 412, the second side wall 413, the third side wall 414 and the fourth side wall 415 are connected in sequence and the bottoms are respectively connected to the bottom plate 411 to form a second inner cavity, and the top supports of the first side wall 412, the second side wall 413, the third side wall 414 and the fourth side wall 415 are connected to the second upper cover 420; the bottom plate 411 is used to support the device.
- the second shell 410 can be a shell formed in one piece of metal material.
- the first side wall 412 is located at one end of the second housing 410, and a first connection hole 4121 is provided on the first side wall 412.
- the first connection hole 4121 is connected to the second inner cavity, and the first connection hole 4121 is used as a light outlet of the second cavity.
- the first connection hole 4121 is connected to the first housing 510, so that the second housing 410 is connected to the inner cavity of the first housing 510 through the first connection hole 4121.
- a boss 4122 is provided on the outer side of the first side wall 412, one end of the first connection hole 4121 passes through the boss 4122, and the end of the connection seat 5101 is embedded with the connection boss 4122.
- two rows of pins are respectively disposed on the third side wall 414 and the fourth side wall 415, and each row of pins includes a plurality of pins 430.
- the row of pins on the third side wall 414 and the fourth side wall 415 close to the bottom plate 411 is the bottom row of pins on the third side wall 414 and the fourth side wall 415; the pins 430 on the third side wall 414 and the pins 430 on the fourth side wall 415 are respectively electrically connected to the circuit board 300 through corresponding flexible circuit boards.
- the first laser assembly 440 is located on the side of the second side wall 413 and the third side wall 414; the second laser assembly 450 and the third laser assembly 460 are located on the side of the fourth side wall 415, and the third laser assembly 460 is located on the side of the second laser assembly 450 away from the third side wall 414, and the third laser assembly 460 is located on the side of the first side wall 412, so that the first laser assembly 440, the second laser assembly 450 and the third laser assembly 460 are distributed on the sides of two connected side walls on the second housing 410, thereby making the first laser assembly 440, the second laser assembly 450 and the third laser assembly 460 in a triangular distribution state, rather than being arranged in a row, so as to reduce the packaging volume of the light emitting component 400.
- the first laser assembly 440 generates a first wavelength optical signal
- the second laser assembly 450 generates a second wavelength optical signal
- the third laser assembly 460 generates a second wavelength optical signal.
- the third side wall 414 is arranged along the width direction of the second housing 410, and the fourth side wall is arranged along the length direction of the second housing 410, so that the first laser assembly 440 is arranged in the width direction of the second housing 410 to reduce the size of the second housing 410 in the width direction.
- the second laser assembly 450 and the third laser assembly 460 are arranged in the length direction of the second housing 410, and the first laser assembly 440 is arranged in the width direction of the second housing 410, so that enough laser assemblies can be arranged in the second housing 410, and the overall size of the second housing 410 can be reduced, thereby reducing the size of the light emitting component 400.
- a first filter 416 and a second filter 417 are also disposed on the side of the light outlet in the second housing 410.
- the first filter 416 and the second filter 417 are disposed on the side of the first connection hole 4121 and are located on the output optical paths of the first laser assembly 440, the second laser assembly 450 and the third laser assembly 460.
- the first filter 416 and the second filter 417 are disposed side by side.
- the first filter 416 and the second filter 417 are used to change the transmission optical paths of the first wavelength optical signal, the second wavelength optical signal and the third wavelength optical signal so that the first wavelength optical signal, the second wavelength optical signal and the third wavelength optical signal can pass through the first connection hole 4121.
- the second filter 417 and the first filter 416 transmit the first wavelength optical signal
- the second filter 417 reflects the second wavelength optical signal
- the first filter 416 transmits the second wavelength optical signal
- the first filter 416 reflects the third wavelength optical signal.
- the first filter 416 and the second filter 417 are arranged on the sides of the connection between the first side wall 412 and the second side wall 413, so that the first filter 416, the second filter 417 and the first laser assembly 440 are arranged compactly, which is convenient for controlling the length direction dimension of the second shell 410.
- the first filter 416 is disposed at the junction of the output optical path of the first laser assembly 440 and the output optical path of the third laser assembly 460
- the second filter 417 is disposed at the junction of the output optical path of the first laser assembly 440 and the output optical path of the second laser assembly 450.
- the first laser assembly 440 is located on the transmission side of the second filter 417
- the second laser assembly 450 is located on the reflection side of the second filter 417
- the third laser assembly 460 is located on the reflection side of the first filter 416.
- the first high-frequency pin 4301 is electrically connected to the first high-frequency pad 4411
- the first SOA pin 4302 is electrically connected to the first SOA pad 4413
- the first LD pin 4303 is electrically connected to the first LD pad 4412.
- one end of the first high frequency pin 4301 is wired to the first high frequency pad 4411
- one end of the first SOA pin 4302 is wired to the first SOA pad 4413
- one end of the first LD pin 4303 is wired to the first LD pad 4412 .
- the pins 430 further include a second high-frequency pin 4305, a second SOA pin 4306, and a second LD pin 4307.
- the second high-frequency pin 4305 is located in the pins of the bottom row on the third side wall 414.
- the second high-frequency pin 4305 is electrically connected to the second high-frequency pad 4511
- the second SOA pin 4306 is electrically connected to the second SOA pad 4513
- the second LD pin 4307 is electrically connected to the second LD pad 4512.
- a second adapter board 482 is further disposed in the second housing 410, and a circuit board pattern is disposed on the second adapter board 482.
- the second adapter board 482 is used to realize the electrical connection between the second high-frequency pin 4305 and the second laser assembly 450, and the second adapter board 482 can also be used to impedance match the second laser chip 452 to ensure the impedance continuity of the high-frequency transmission link.
- the second high-frequency pin 4305 is embedded and connected to the third side wall 414, the second high-frequency pin 4305 is insulated from the third side wall 414 by an insulating layer, and the second adapter plate 482 is arranged on the side of the third side wall 414; the second SOA pin 4306 and the second LD pin 4307 are embedded and connected to the fourth side wall 415 and are insulated from the fourth side wall 415 by an insulating layer respectively; the second SOA pin 4306 is wired to the second SOA pad 4513, and the second LD pin 4307 is wired to the second LD pad 4512.
- a second ground pin 4308 is also arranged on the third side wall 414, the second ground pin 4308 is located on the side of the second high-frequency pin 4305, and the second ground pin 4308 is electrically connected to the third side wall 414.
- the second ground pin 4308 is located on the side of the second high-frequency pin 4305 close to the first high-frequency pin 4301.
- the second adapter plate 482 and the first adapter plate 481 are located on the same side of the side wall of the second housing 410, which facilitates the assembly of the second adapter plate 482 and the improvement of the assembly density of the components in the second housing 410, thereby helping to reduce the size of the second housing 410.
- a second high-frequency transmission line 4821 is disposed on the front of the second adapter plate 482, a third ground layer 4822 is disposed on one side of the second high-frequency transmission line 4821, and a fourth ground layer 4823 is disposed on the other side of the second high-frequency transmission line 4821.
- One end of the second high-frequency transmission line 4821 is used to electrically connect to the second high-frequency pad 4511, and the other end of the second high-frequency transmission line 4821 is used to electrically connect to the second high-frequency pin 4305.
- one end of the second high-frequency transmission line 4821 is wired to the second high-frequency pad 4511, and the other end of the second high-frequency transmission line 4821 is soldered to the second high-frequency pin 4305; the ground layer 4510 is electrically connected to the third ground layer 4822 and the fourth ground layer 4823.
- a ground layer is provided on the back of the second adapter plate 482, and via holes are provided on the third ground layer 4822 and the fourth ground layer 4823, respectively, and the third ground layer 4822 and the fourth ground layer 4823 are connected to the ground layer on the back of the second adapter plate 482 through the via holes.
- a third adapter plate 483 is further provided in the second housing 410, and a circuit pattern is provided on the third adapter plate 483. The third adapter plate 483 is provided between the second laser assembly 450 and the second adapter plate 482, and the side edge of the third adapter plate 483 is close to the first laser assembly 440.
- a third high-frequency transmission line 4831 is disposed on the front of the third adapter plate 483, a fifth ground layer 4832 is disposed on one side of the third high-frequency transmission line 4831, and a sixth ground layer 4833 is disposed on the other side of the third high-frequency transmission line 4831.
- One end of the third high-frequency transmission line 4831 is used to electrically connect to the second high-frequency pad 4511, and the other end of the third high-frequency transmission line 4831 is used to electrically connect to the second high-frequency transmission line 4821.
- one end of the second high-frequency transmission line 4821 is wired to the second high-frequency pad 4511, and the other end of the third high-frequency transmission line 4831 is wired to one end of the second high-frequency transmission line 4821; the fifth ground layer 4832 is wired to the third ground layer 4822, the sixth ground layer 4833 is wired to the fourth ground layer 4823, and the fifth ground layer 4832 and the sixth ground layer 4833 are wired to the ground layer 4510, respectively.
- capacitors are mounted on the third LD pad 4834 and the third SOA pad 4835, respectively, the first LD pad 4412 and the first LD pin 4303 are respectively connected to the capacitors disposed on the third LD pad 4834, and the first SOA pad 4413 and the first SOA pin 4302 are respectively connected to the capacitors disposed on the third SOA pad 4835.
- the third adapter board 483 is disposed on the side where the third side wall 414 and the fourth side wall 415 are connected, so that the third adapter board 483 can serve both the first laser assembly 440 and the second laser assembly 450, and is convenient for coordinated use of the space in the second housing 410.
- the second optical assembly 430 is first fixed in the second housing 410 , and then the second cover plate 415 is covered on the second housing 410 to form a second cavity.
- the notch 417 does not extend beyond the bottom surface of the side wall of the second shell 410 , and the notch 417 extends beyond the top surface of the side wall of the second shell 410 , so that the notch 417 is connected to the opening of the second shell 410 .
- the first laser chip 4311 may include a distributed feedback laser (DFB), an electro-absorption modulator (EAM) and a semiconductor amplifier (SOA), the DFB emits the first wavelength light, the EAM modulates the first wavelength light to obtain the first wavelength optical signal, and the SOA amplifies the first wavelength optical signal so that the output optical power of the first wavelength optical signal meets the requirement.
- DFB distributed feedback laser
- EAM electro-absorption modulator
- SOA semiconductor amplifier
- the wavelength of the second wavelength optical signal is 1480-1500nm.
- the wavelength of the second wavelength optical signal is in the low dispersion region of the optical fiber.
- the dispersion caused by chirp has little effect on the signal, and the chirp effect of DFB will not significantly affect the signal quality. Therefore, the second laser chip 4312 is a directly modulated laser (DML).
- DML is also called DFB.
- the circuit board 300 provides a driving signal through the electrical connector 420 to enable the DFB to emit the second wavelength optical signal.
- the laser chip group 431 may include a third laser chip 4313.
- the third laser chip 4313 is connected to the electrical connector 420 so that the third laser chip 4313 emits a third wavelength optical signal according to an electrical signal provided by the electrical connector 420.
- the wavelength of the third wavelength optical signal is 1575-1580nm.
- the wavelength of the third wavelength optical signal is in the high dispersion region of the optical fiber.
- the dispersion caused by chirp has a greater impact on the signal.
- the use of an external modulated laser (EML) can reduce the chirp effect, thereby reducing the impact of dispersion on the signal and ensuring high-quality signal transmission. Therefore, the third laser chip 4313 is an EML.
- the EML includes a DFB and an EAM.
- the circuit board 300 provides a first drive signal and a second drive signal through the electrical connector 420.
- the first drive signal causes the DFB to emit a third wavelength light
- the second drive signal causes the EAM to modulate and output the third wavelength optical signal.
- the second optical component 430 may include a lens component 432.
- the lens component 432 may include a second lens 4321.
- the second lens 4321 may be located on the outgoing optical path of the first laser chip 4311, so that the second lens 4321 collimates the first wavelength optical signal emitted by the first laser chip 4311.
- the lens assembly 432 may include a third lens 4322.
- the third lens 4322 may be located on an outgoing optical path of the second laser chip 4312, so that the third lens 4322 collimates the second wavelength optical signal emitted by the second laser chip 4312.
- the lens assembly 432 may include a fourth lens 4323.
- the fourth lens 4323 may be located on an outgoing light path of the third laser chip 4313, so that the fourth lens 4323 collimates the third wavelength optical signal emitted by the third laser chip 4313.
- the second optical component 430 may include a wavelength combining component 433.
- the wavelength combining component 433 may include a wavelength division multiplexer.
- the inlet side of the wavelength division multiplexer faces the laser chipset 431, and the outlet side of the wavelength division multiplexer faces the sixth connection hole 4111.
- the wavelength division multiplexer combines the first wavelength optical signal, the second wavelength optical signal, and the third wavelength optical signal emitted by the laser chipset 431 into a beam of emission optical signal and then emits it.
- the wavelength combining component 433 may include a plurality of optical filters, and the plurality of optical filters cooperate with each other to combine the first wavelength optical signal, the second wavelength optical signal and the third wavelength optical signal into a transmission optical signal.
- the exit surface of the fifth filter 4332 is connected to the exit surface of the fourth filter 4331 , so that the second wavelength optical signal is emitted through the exit surface of the fifth filter 4332 and then reflected through the exit surface of the fourth filter 4331 .
- the wave combiner 433 may include a sixth filter 4333.
- the sixth filter 4333 may include an incident surface, a filtering surface, and an exit surface, wherein the incident surface and the filtering surface are both located on the collimated light path of the fourth lens 4323, and the exit surface is located on the reflected light path of the filtering surface, so that the third wavelength optical signal can be incident on the sixth filter 4333 through the incident surface, reflected on the filtering surface of the sixth filter 4333, and finally emitted from the exit surface.
- the exit surface of the sixth filter 4333 is connected to the exit surface of the fifth filter 4332 , and the exit surface of the fifth filter 4332 is connected to the exit surface of the fourth filter 4331 , so as to increase the stability of the wave combining component 433 .
- no isolator is provided in the light emitting component 400, as shown in FIG18.
- an isolator 518 is provided in the light receiving component 500, and the isolator 518 can prevent a beam of emission light signal incident to the light receiving component 500 from returning to the light emitting component 400, as shown in FIG14.
- the second optical component 430 may include an isolator group 434.
- the isolator group 434 may include a first isolator 4341.
- the first isolator 4341 may be located between the second lens 4321 and the fourth filter 4331 to prevent the first wavelength optical signal from returning to the first laser chip 4311 via the first isolator 4341.
- the isolator group 434 may include a second isolator 4342 .
- the second isolator 4342 may be located between the third lens 4322 and the fifth filter 4332 to prevent the second wavelength optical signal from returning to the second laser chip 4312 via the second isolator 4342 .
- the isolator group 434 may include a third isolator 4343.
- the third isolator 4343 may be located between the fourth lens 4323 and the sixth filter 4333 to prevent the third wavelength optical signal from returning to the third laser chip 4313 via the third isolator 4343.
- the isolator includes a first polarizer, a Faraday plate and a second polarizer.
- the Faraday plate rotates in the same direction. Polarized light passing through the first polarizer cannot return to the first polarizer after Faraday rotation, so that the isolator composed of the first polarizer, the Faraday plate and the second polarizer has a reverse isolation effect.
- FIG. 52 is an exploded view of an optical emission component provided according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 53 is an exploded view of a second optical component and an emission shell provided according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 54 is a structural diagram of an emission shell provided according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- an optical emission component 400 includes an emission cover 401 and an emission shell 402, and the emission cover 401 covers the emission shell 402 to form an emission cavity.
- a first optical component 403 is provided in the emission cavity, and the first optical component 403 is used to emit an optical signal.
- a third through hole 4211 is provided at the first end of the transmitting shell 402, and a light window is placed in the third through hole 4211, and the light window is used to transmit the transmitted light signal and seal the through hole.
- the light window is embedded in the third through hole 4211 to seal the third through hole 4211; the light window can be transparent glass.
- the light window is used to relatively seal the third through hole 4211, which can not only allow the transmitted light signal to pass through, but also seal the third through hole 4211 to ensure the sealing performance of the transmitting shell 402.
- the light window can also be embedded in the fourth through hole 51321.
- the second end of the launch shell 402 is provided with a notch, and the notch runs through the second end of the launch shell 402.
- One end of the first circuit board 301 is embedded in the notch, that is, one end of the first circuit board 301 passes through the notch and extends into the inner cavity of the launch shell 402.
- a first optical component 403 is disposed in the inner cavity of the transmitting housing 402, and the first optical component 403 includes a laser component 431, and the laser component 431 is close to one end of the first circuit board 301 to facilitate the electrical connection of the laser component 431 to the first circuit board 301.
- the laser component 431 is used to transmit multiple optical signals of different wavelengths. Exemplarily, the laser component 431 is connected to the first circuit board 301 by wire bonding.
- a first optical component 403 is disposed in the inner cavity of the transmitting housing 402, and the first optical component 403 includes a laser component 431, and the laser component 431 is close to one end of the transmitting pin 405 to facilitate the electrical connection of the laser component 431 to the transmitting pin 405.
- the laser component 431 is used to transmit multiple optical signals of different wavelengths. Exemplarily, the laser component 431 is connected to the transmitting pin 405 by wire bonding.
- the first optical component 403 further includes a lens component 432 , which is disposed on an optical path from the laser component 431 to the wave combiner component, and is used to collimate the optical signal generated by the laser component 431 and transmit it to the wave combiner component.
- a lens component 432 which is disposed on an optical path from the laser component 431 to the wave combiner component, and is used to collimate the optical signal generated by the laser component 431 and transmit it to the wave combiner component.
- the second end of the transmitting housing 402 is provided with a plurality of jacks 4234, the plurality of jacks 4234 include a first jack and a second jack, the first jack is closer to the bottom of the transceiver housing 402, the first jack is used to insert the first transmitting pin, and the second jack is used to insert the second transmitting pin, so as to reduce the signal crosstalk between the first transmitting pin and the second transmitting pin.
- the first transmitting pin is a transmitting pin 405 related to the rate
- the second transmitting pin is a transmitting pin 405 not related to the rate.
- a first soldering pad 406 is also provided at the second end of the transmitting shell 402, one end of the first soldering pad 406 is welded to the first transmitting pin located on the first socket, and the other end of the first soldering pad 406 is wired connected to the soldering pad where the laser component 431 is located.
- the launch housing 402 has an opening.
- the launch housing 402 includes a first launch side plate 421, a second launch side plate 422, a third launch side plate 423, a fourth launch side plate 424 and a launch bottom plate 425, the first launch side plate 421, the second launch side plate 422, the third launch side plate 423 and the fourth launch side plate 424 are connected end to end, and the first launch side plate 421, the second launch side plate 422, the third launch side plate 423 and the fourth launch side plate 424 are all connected to the launch bottom plate 425 to enclose a launch cavity having an opening.
- the first emitting side plate 421 has a third through hole 4211 .
- the third launching side plate 423 includes a first sub-launching side plate 4231, a second sub-launching side plate 4232 and a third sub-launching side plate 4233.
- the first sub-launching side plate 4231 is connected to the launching base plate 425.
- the distances between the first sub-launching side plate 4231, the second sub-launching side plate 4232 and the third sub-launching side plate 4233 and the launching base plate 425 increase sequentially.
- the first sub-launching side plate 4231, the second sub-launching side plate 4232 and the third sub-launching side plate 4233 are connected sequentially to make the third launching side plate 423 present a stepped shape.
- the transmission rate of the first laser assembly 4311 is greater than the transmission rate of the third laser assembly 4313, and the transmission rate of the third laser assembly 4313 is greater than the transmission rate of the second laser assembly 4312.
- the transmission rate of the first laser assembly 4311 is 50G
- the transmission rate of the second laser assembly 4312 is 2.5G
- the transmission rate of the third laser assembly 4313 is 10G.
- the wavelength combining component includes a wavelength division multiplexer, the inlet side of the wavelength division multiplexer faces the laser component, and the outlet side of the wavelength division multiplexer faces the third through hole 4211.
- the wavelength division multiplexer combines the optical signal of the first wavelength, the optical signal of the second wavelength, and the optical signal of the third wavelength emitted by the laser component 431 into one optical signal.
- the combining component includes a polarization component 433 and a polarization combining component 434.
- the polarization component 433 is used to adjust the polarization direction of the optical signal, and the polarization combining component 434 combines multiple polarized light beams into one beam.
- the polarization direction of the optical signal is adjusted by the polarization component, and then the multiple polarized light beams are combined into one beam by the polarization combining component, so that the optical emitting component realizes combining.
- the polarization component 433 includes a first polarization component 4331, a second polarization component 4332, and a third polarization component 4333.
- the first polarization component 4331 is located in the light-emitting direction of the first laser component 4311.
- the first polarization component 4331 is used to adjust the deflection direction of the first wavelength optical signal emitted by the first laser component 4311 so that the polarization direction of the first wavelength optical signal is horizontal, that is, horizontal polarized light.
- the second polarization component 4332 is located in the light-emitting direction of the second laser component 4312.
- the polarization combining component 434 includes a first polarization combining component 4341, a second polarization combining component 4342, and a third polarization combining component 4343.
- the first polarization combining component 4341 is located on the left side of the first polarization component 4331, and the first polarization combining component 4341 is located between the third through hole 4211 and the first polarization component 4331.
- the first polarization combining element 4341 is a polarization beam splitter, which can transmit horizontal polarized light and reflect vertical polarized light to achieve beam combining.
- the first vertical polarized light and the second vertical polarized light are reflected by the polarization beam splitter, and the horizontal polarized light is transmitted by the polarization beam splitter to achieve beam combining.
- the second polarization combiner 4342 is a filter that can reflect the second wavelength optical signal and transmit the third wavelength optical signal to achieve beam combining.
- the second polarization combiner 4342 is tilted from the central axis of the second polarization component 4332. For example, the angle between the second polarization combiner 4342 and the central axis of the second polarization component 4332 is 45°.
- the third polarization combiner 4343 is a reflector that can reflect the third wavelength optical signal.
- the third polarization combiner 4343 is tilted from the central axis of the third polarization component 4333.
- the angle between the central axis of the third polarization combiner 4343 and the central axis of the third polarization component 4333 is 45°.
- the third polarization combining element 4343 is a polarization beam splitter, which can transmit horizontal polarized light and reflect vertical polarized light to achieve beam combining.
- the first vertical polarized light and the second vertical polarized light are reflected by the polarization beam splitter, and the horizontal polarized light is transmitted by the polarization beam splitter to achieve beam combining.
- the polarization component 433 and the polarization combining component 434 as shown in Figure 56 are placed in the transmitting shell 402.
- the third through hole 4211 of the transmitting shell 402 is coaxial with the third polarization combining component 4343, and the opening direction of the transmitting shell 402 is the same as the opening of the transceiver shell, which is downward.
- the first wavelength optical signal emitted by the first laser assembly 4311 is transmitted to the first lens 4321, collimated by the first lens 4321 and transmitted to the first polarization assembly 4331, and the polarization direction of the first wavelength optical signal is adjusted by the first polarization assembly 4331 before being transmitted to the first polarization combiner 4341;
- the second wavelength optical signal emitted by the second laser assembly 4312 is transmitted to the second lens 4322, collimated by the second lens 4322 and transmitted to the second polarization assembly 4332, and the polarization direction of the second wavelength optical signal is adjusted by the second polarization assembly 4332 before being transmitted to the second polarization combiner 4342;
- the third wavelength optical signal emitted by the third laser assembly 4313 is transmitted to the third lens 4323, collimated by the third lens 4323 and transmitted to the third polarization assembly 4333, and the polarization direction of the third wavelength optical signal is adjusted by the third polarization assembly 4333 before being transmitted to the third polarization combiner 4343.
- the polarization component 433 and the polarization combining component 434 shown in Figure 55 are examples to introduce the beam combining principle of the optical emitting component. Since the optical signal after the polarization combining component combines the optical signal includes a vertical polarization state and a horizontal polarization state, if a structural component for reverse isolation is provided after the polarization combining component, then at least two isolators need to be provided after the polarization combining component to play a reverse isolation role, so an isolator can be provided before the polarization combining component.
- the isolator includes a first polarizer, a Faraday plate, and a second polarizer
- an isolator is provided before the polarization combining component, and the optical signal emits non-horizontally polarized light and non-vertically polarized light after passing through the isolator.
- the optical signal In order to make the optical signal emit horizontally polarized light or vertically polarized light after passing through the polarization component, it is necessary to add a wave plate after the second polarizer.
- Non-horizontally polarized light emits horizontally polarized light after passing through the wave plate, and non-vertically polarized light emits horizontally polarized light or vertically polarized light after passing through the wave plate.
- the reverse isolation principle of the isolator is as follows: the Faraday plate rotates in the same direction, and the polarized light passing through the first polarizer cannot return to the first polarizer after the Faraday rotation, so that the isolator composed of the first polarizer, the Faraday plate and the second polarizer has a reverse isolation effect.
- the first polarization component 4331, the second polarization component 4332 and the third polarization component 4333 all include a first polarizer, a Faraday plate, a second polarizer and a wave plate.
- the first polarizer, the Faraday plate, the second polarizer and the wave plate are successively away from the first laser component.
- the first wavelength light signal emitted by the first laser component passes through the first polarizer, the Faraday plate, the second polarizer and the wave plate in sequence and then is emitted.
- the angle between the optical axis of the wave plate and the horizontal plane is a preset angle, so that the light signal with the same polarization direction as the second polarizer is adjusted to horizontal polarized light or vertical polarized light after passing through the wave plate.
- the angle between the optical axis of the wave plate of the first polarization component 4331 and the horizontal plane is a first preset angle, so that the light signal with the same polarization direction as the second polarizer is adjusted to horizontal polarized light after passing through the wave plate;
- the angle between the optical axis of the wave plate of the second polarization component 4332 and the horizontal plane is a second preset angle, so that the light signal with the same polarization direction as the second polarizer is adjusted to vertical polarized light after passing through the wave plate;
- the angle between the optical axis of the wave plate of the third polarization component 4333 and the horizontal plane is a third preset angle, so that the light signal with the same polarization direction as the second polarizer is adjusted to
- the first preset angle is different from the second preset angle.
- the polarization direction of the second polarizer of the second polarization assembly is the same as the polarization direction of the second polarizer of the third polarization assembly, so that the second preset angle is the same as the third preset angle.
- the first polarizer is a horizontal polarizer
- the second polarizer is a 45° polarizer.
- the first polarization component 4331 includes a horizontal polarizer, a Faraday plate, and a 45° polarizer
- the second polarization component 4332 includes a horizontal polarizer, a Faraday plate, and a 45° polarizer
- the third polarization component 4333 includes a horizontal polarizer, a Faraday plate, and a 45° polarizer.
- the first polarizer is a vertical polarizer
- the second polarizer is a 135° polarizer
- the second polarization component 4332 includes a vertical polarization plate, a Faraday plate and a 135° polarization plate
- the third polarization component 4333 includes a vertical polarization plate, a Faraday plate and a 135° polarization plate.
- the first polarizer, the Faraday plate, and the second polarizer are sequentially connected to form an isolator, the wave plate is located outside the isolator, and the wave plate is mounted on the substrate 404.
- the horizontal polarizer, the Faraday plate, and the 45° polarizer are sequentially connected to form an isolator; the vertical polarizer, the Faraday plate, and the 135° polarizer form an isolator.
- the first polarizer, the Faraday plate, and the second polarizer are sequentially bonded by glue.
- the first polarizer, the Faraday plate, the second polarizer, and the wave plate are sequentially connected to form an isolator, which is not only convenient for mounting the wave plate, but also can reduce the space of the transmitting housing.
- the horizontal polarizer, the Faraday plate, the 45° polarizer, and the wave plate are sequentially connected to form an isolator;
- the vertical polarizer, the Faraday plate, the 135° polarizer, and the wave plate are sequentially connected to form an isolator.
- the first polarizer, the Faraday plate, the second polarizer, and the wave plate are sequentially bonded by glue.
- each polarization component is not introduced in detail, and only the first polarization component 4331 and the second polarization component 4332 are used as examples to introduce the polarization components.
- the second polarization component 4332 includes a horizontal polarizer, a Faraday plate, a 45° polarizer and a second wave plate.
- the horizontal polarizer, the Faraday plate, the 45° polarizer and the second wave plate are sequentially away from the second laser component 4312. After the optical signal passes through the horizontal polarizer, the Faraday plate and the 45° polarizer, a 45° polarized light is emitted.
- the horizontal polarizer, the Faraday plate, and the 45° polarizer are sequentially connected to form a fifth isolator, and the second wave plate is located outside the fifth isolator.
- the third polarization component 4333 may include a sixth isolator and a third wave plate, or may include a third isolator, wherein the third isolator includes a third wave plate, and the angle between the third wave plate and the horizontal plane is a third preset angle.
- the third polarization component 4333 and the second polarization component 4332 both function to adjust the deflection direction of the optical signal so that the polarization direction of the optical signal is vertical, therefore, the sixth isolator is the same as the fifth isolator, and the third isolator is the same as the second isolator, which will not be described in detail here.
- the supporting member 407 is provided with a first through hole, one end of which is connected to the third polarization combining member 4343, and the other end of the first through hole faces the third polarization component 4333, so that the vertically polarized light of the third wavelength optical signal emitted by the third polarization component 4333 is incident on the third polarization combining member 4343 through the first through hole; the supporting member 407 is also provided with a second through hole, one end of which is connected to the second polarization combining member 4342, and the other end of the second through hole is connected to the third polarization combining member 4343, so that the third wavelength optical signal reflected by the third polarization combining member 4343 is reflected to the second polarization combining member 4342 through the second through hole.
Landscapes
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Electromagnetism (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Optical Couplings Of Light Guides (AREA)
Abstract
本公开提供的光模块中,第一光接收部件接收第一反射镜反射的第四波长光信号、第五波长光信号和第六波长光信号,并输出第一电压信号、第二电压信号或第三电压信号;电路板上设置有金手指、MCU、第一限幅放大器、第二限幅放大器和滤波电路;第一限幅放大器的输入端和第二限幅放大器的输入端通过滤波电路连接第一光接收部件;滤波电路旁逸第二电压信号至第一限幅放大器,使第一限幅放大器处理第二电压信号后并传输到金手指;MCU控制连接第二限幅放大器,以通过控制信号使第二限幅放大器处理第一电压信号或第三电压信号后并通过对应的输出端传输到金手指。
Description
本申请要求2024年8月5日提交中国专利局、申请号为202411064913.X的优先权;在2024年8月22日提交中国专利局、申请号为202411163298.8的优先权;在2024年1月10日提交中国专利局、申请号为202420062434.3的优先权;其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
本公开涉及光纤通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种光模块。
随着云计算、移动互联网、视频等新型业务和应用模式发展,光通信技术的发展进步变的愈加重要。而在光通信技术中,光模块是实现光电信号相互转换的工具,是光通信设备中的关键器件之一,并且随着光通信技术发展的需求光模块的传输速率不断提高。
目前为提高光模块的传输速率,光模块中设置多个传输通道,即在光模块中通过多通道设计提高传输容量。而当光模块传输通道的增多,涉及到的器件数量也将增多,对光模块的封装提出了更高要求。
发明内容
本公开提供了一种光模块,包括:
光纤适配器,一端被配置为连接外部光纤,以传输通过外部光纤输入的第四波长光信号、第五波长光信号和第六波长光信号;
光学容纳部件,包括第一壳体;第一壳体的一端连接光纤适配器的另一端,第一壳体内设置有第一反射镜和第二反射镜,第一反射镜和第二反射镜被配置为反射第四波长光信号、第五波长光信号和第六波长光信号;
第一光接收组件,连接第一壳体,第一光接收组件的入光端位于第一壳体内;第一光接收部件位于第一反射镜的反射光路上,第一光接收部件接收第一反射镜反射的第四波长光信号、第五波长光信号和第六波长光信号中的至少一者,并输出第一电压信号、第二电压信号或第三电压信号中的至少一者;
电路板,设置有金手指、MCU、第一限幅放大器、第二限幅放大器和滤波电路;第一限幅放大器的输入端和第二限幅放大器的输入端通过滤波电路连接第一光接收组件,第一限幅放大器的输出端和第二限幅放大器的输出端分别连接金手指;滤波电路旁逸第二电压信号至第一限幅放大器,使第一限幅放大器放大或限幅整形处理第二电压信号并传输到金手指;第一电压信号和第三电压信号通过滤波电路传输至第二限幅放大器;MCU控制连接第二限幅放大器,以通过控制信号使第二限幅放大器放大或限幅整形处理第一电压信号或第三电压信号并通过对应的输出端传输到金手指;
和/或,光模块,还包括:
光发射部件,包括:
激光组件,被配置为发射第一波长光信号、第二波长光信号和第三波长光信号;
偏振组件,被配置为调整光信号的偏振方向;偏振组件包括第一偏振组件、第二偏振组件和第三偏振组件,第一偏振组件、第二偏振组件和第三偏振组件均包括第一偏振片、法拉第片、第二偏振片和波片,第一偏振片、法拉第片、第二偏振片和波片依次远离激光组件,第一波长光信号依次经过第一偏振组件的第一偏振片、法拉第片、第二偏振片和波片后射出水平偏振光,第三波长光信号依次经过第三偏振组件的第一偏振片、法拉第片、第二偏振片和波片后射出第一竖直偏振光,第二波长光信号依次经过第二偏振组件的第一偏振片、法拉第片、第二偏振片和波片后射出第二竖直偏振光;
合波组件,被配置为将第一波长光信号、第二波长光信号和第三波长光信号合为一束。
为了更清楚地说明本公开中的技术方案,下面将对本公开一些实施例中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面描述中的附图仅仅是本公开的一些实施例的附图,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。此外,以下描述中的附图可以视作示意图,并非是对本公开实施例所涉及产品的实际尺寸、方法的实际流程、信号的实际时序等的限制。
图1为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光通信系统的局部架构图;
图2为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种上位机的局部结构图;
图3为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光模块的结构示意图;
图4为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光模块的分解图;
图5为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光模块的内部结构示意图;
图6为根据本公开一些实施例提供的又一种光模块的内部结构示意图;
图7为根据本公开一些实施例提供的另一种光模块的内部结构示意图;
图8为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种以太网无源光网络图;
图9为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光模块的内部结构原理图;
图10为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光模块的内部结构电路图;
图11为根据本公开一些实施例提供的另一种光模块的内部结构电路图;
图12为根据本公开一些实施例提供的又一种光模块的内部结构原理图;
图13为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光模块的内部结构电路图;
图14为根据本公开一些实施例提供的另一种光模块的内部结构电路图;
图15为根据本公开一些实施例提供的另一种光模块的内部结构原理图;
图16为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光模块的内部结构电路图;
图17为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光模块的内部结构电路图;
图18为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种第一壳体的使用状态图;
图19为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光收发部件与光纤适配器的装配图;
图20为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光收发部件与光纤适配器的分解图;
图21为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种第一腔体的结构图;
图22为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种第一腔体的分解图;
图23为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种第一壳体与第一光组件的分解图;
图24为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种第一壳体的剖视图;
图25为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种第一光组件的光路图;
图26为根据本公开一些实施例提供的另一种第一光组件的光路图;
图27为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种分波组件的结构图;
图28为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光收发部件的剖视图;
图29为根据本公开一些实施例提供的光收发部件与电路板的分解图;
图30为根据本公开一些实施例提供的光收发部件的分解图;
图31为根据本公开一些实施例提供的光纤适配器与收发腔体的结构图;
图32为根据本公开一些实施例提供的光纤适配器与收发腔体的分解图;
图33为根据本公开一些实施例提供的光纤适配器与收发腔体的剖视图;
图34为根据本公开一些实施例提供的收发腔体的分解图;
图35为根据本公开一些实施例提供的收发壳体的结构图;
图36为根据本公开一些实施例提供的第二光组件的光路图;
图37为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光发射部件的结构示意图;
图38为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光发射部件的结构示意图;
图39为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光发射部件的分解示意图;
图40为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光发射部件的局部结构示意图一;
图41为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光发射部件的局部结构示意图二;
图42为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光发射部件的局部结构示意图三;
图43为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光发射部件的剖视图一;
图44为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光发射部件的剖视图二;
图45为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光发射部件的剖视图三;
图46为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光发射信号的传输光路图;
图47为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光收发部件与光纤适配器在另一视角下的装配图;
图48为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光发射部件的结构图;
图49为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种第二壳体与电连接件的分解图;
图50为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种第二光组件的光路图;
图51为根据本公开一些实施例提供的另一种第二光组件的光路图;
图52为根据本公开一些实施例提供的光发射部件的分解图;
图53为根据本公开一些实施例提供的第一光组件与发射壳体的分解图;
图54为根据本公开一些实施例提供的发射壳体的结构图;
图55为根据本公开一些实施例提供的第一光组件的一种光路图;
图56为根据本公开一些实施例提供的第一光组件的另一种光路图;
图57为根据本公开一些实施例提供的第一光组件和第二光组件的组合光路图;
图58为根据本公开一些实施例提供的波片的光轴、入射光信号的偏振方向与出射光信号的偏振方向的原理图;
图59为根据本公开一些实施例提供的承靠件、第二偏振合波件和第三偏振合波件的分解图;
图60为根据本公开一些实施例提供的承靠件的结构图;
图61为根据本公开一些实施例提供的承靠件在另一视角下的结构图;
图62为根据本公开一些实施例提供的承靠件的剖视图。
下面将结合附图,对本公开一些实施例进行清楚、详细地描述。然而,所描述的实施例仅仅是本公开一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本公开所提供的实施例,本领域普通技术人员所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本公开保护的范围。
除非上下文另有要求,否则,在整个说明书和权利要求书中,术语“包括”被解释为开放、包含的意思,即为“包含,但不限于”;术语“第一”、“第二”不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性或者指示数量的上限;术语“多个”的含义是两个或两个以上;术语“连接”应做广义理解,例如,“连接”可以是固定连接,也可以是可拆卸连接,或成一体,可以是直接相连,也可以通过中间媒介间接相连;术语“适用于”或“被配置为”的使用意味着开放和包容性的语言,其不排除适用于或被配置为执行额外任务或步骤的设备;术语“平行”、“垂直”、“相同”、“一致”“平齐”等描述,并不限定为绝对的数学理论关系,还包括在实践中产生的可接受的误差范围,还包括基于相同设计构思但由于制造原因而形成的差异。
在光通信技术中,为了在信息处理设备之间建立信息传递,需要将信息加载到光上,利用光的传播实现信息的传递。这里,加载有信息的光就是光信号。光信号在信息传输设备中传输时可以减少光功率的损耗,因此可以实现高速度、远距离、低成本的信息传递。信息处理设备能够识别和处理的信号是电信号。信息处理设备通常包括光网络终端(Optical Network Unit,ONU)、网关、路由器、交换机、手机、计算机、服务器、平板电脑、电视机等,信息传输设备通常包括光纤及光波导等。
光模块可以实现信息处理设备与信息传输设备之间的光信号与电信号的相互转换。例如,光模块的光信号输入端或光信号输出端中的至少一个连接有光纤,光模块的电信号输入端或电信号输出端中的至少一个连接有光网络终端;来自光纤的第一光信号传输至光模块,光模块将该第一光信号转换为第一电信号,并将该第一电信号传输至光网络终端;来自光网络终端的第二电信号传输至光模块,光模块将该第二电信号转换为第二光信号,并将该第二光信号传输至光纤。由于多个信息处理设备之间可以通过电信号进行信息传输,因此,需要多个信息处理设备中的至少一个信息处理设备直接与光模块连接,而无需所有的信息处理设备直接与光模块连接。这里,直接连接光模块的信息处理设备被称为光模块
的上位机。另外,光模块的光信号输入端或光信号输出端可被称为光口,光模块的电信号输入端或电信号输出端可被称为电口。
图1为根据一些实施例的一种光通信系统的部分结构图。如图1所示,光通信系统主要包括远端信息处理设备1000、本地信息处理设备2000、上位机100、光模块200、光纤101以及网线103。
光纤101的一端向远端信息处理设备1000的方向延伸,且光纤101的另一端通过光模块200的光口与光模块200连接。光信号可以在光纤101中全反射,且光信号在全反射方向上的传播几乎可以维持原有光功率,光信号在光纤101中发生多次的全反射,以将来自远端信息处理设备1000的光信号传输至光模块200中,或将来自光模块200的光信号传输至远端信息处理设备1000,从而实现远距离、低功率损耗的信息传递。
光通信系统可以包括一根或多根光纤101,且光纤101与光模块200可拆卸连接,或固定连接。上位机100被配置为向光模块200提供数据信号,或从光模块200接收数据信号,或对光模块200的工作状态进行监测或控制。
上位机100包括大致呈长方体的壳体(housing),以及设置在该壳体上的光模块接口102。光模块接口102被配置为接入光模块200,以使上位机100与光模块200建立单向或双向的电信号连接。
上位机100还包括对外电接口,该对外电接口可以接入电信号网络。例如,该对外电接口包括通用串行总线接口(Universal Serial Bus,USB)或网线接口104,网线接口104被配置为接入网线103,以使上位机100与网线103建立单向或双向的电信号连接。网线103的一端连接本地信息处理设备2000,且网线103的另一端连接上位机100,以通过网线103在本地信息处理设备2000与上位机100之间建立电信号连接。例如,本地信息处理设备2000发出的第三电信号通过网线103传入上位机100,上位机100根据该第三电信号生成第二电信号,来自上位机100的该第二电信号传输至光模块200,光模块200将该第二电信号转换为第二光信号,并将该第二光信号传输至光纤101,该第二光信号在光纤101中传输至远端服务器设备1000。例如,来自远端信息处理设备1000的第一光信号通过光纤101传播,来自光纤101的第一光信号传输至光模块200,光模块200将该第一光信号转换为第一电信号,光模块200将该第一电信号传输至上位机100,上位机100根据该第一电信号生成第四电信号,并将该第四电信号传入本地信息处理设备2000。需要说明的是,光模块是实现光信号与电信号相互转换的工具,在上述光信号与电信号的转换过程中,信息并未发生变化,信息的编码和解码方式可以发生变化。
上位机100除了包括光网络终端之外,还包括光线路终端(Optical Line Terminal,OLT)、光网络设备(Optical Network Terminal,ONT)、或数据中心服务器等。
图2为根据一些实施例的一种上位机的局部结构图。为了清楚地显示光模块200与上位机100的连接关系,图2仅示出了上位机100的与光模块200相关的结构。如图2所示,上位机100还包括设置于壳体内的PCB电路板105、设置在PCB电路板105的表面的笼子106、设置于笼子106上的散热器107、以及设置于笼子106内部的电连接器。该电连接器被配置为接入光模块200的电口;散热器107具有增大散热面积的翅片等凸起结构。
光模块200插入上位机100的笼子106中,由笼子106固定光模块200,光模块200产生的热量传导给笼子106,然后通过散热器107进行扩散。光模块200插入笼子106中后,光模块200的电口与笼子106内部的电连接器连接,从而使光模块200与上位机100建立双向的电信号连接。此外,光模块200的光口与光纤101连接,从而使得光模块200与光纤101建立双向的光信号连接。
图3为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光模块的结构图,图4为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光模块的分解示意图。如图3和图4所示,光模块200包括壳体(shell),设置于壳体内的电路板300、光发射部件400和光学容纳部件500,光学容纳部件500上设置至少一个光接收部件。但本公开并不局限于此,在一些实施例中,光模块200包括光发射部件400和光学容纳部件500之一。
壳体包括上壳体201和下壳体202,上壳体201盖合在下壳体202上,以形成具有两个开口的上述壳体;壳体的外轮廓一般呈现方形体。
在本公开的一些实施例中,下壳体202包括底板2021以及位于底板2021两侧、与底板2021垂直设置的两个下侧板2022;上壳体201包括盖板2011,盖板2011盖合在下壳体202的两个下侧板2022上,以形成上述壳体。
在一些实施例中,下壳体202包括底板2021以及位于底板2021两侧、与底板2021垂直设置的两个下侧板2022;上壳体201包括盖板2011以及位于盖板2011两侧、与盖板2011垂直设置的两个上侧板,由两个上侧板与两个下侧板2022结合,以实现上壳体201盖合在下壳体202上。
两个开口203和204的连线所在的方向可以与光模块200的长度方向一致,也可以与光模块200的长度方向不一致。例如,开口203位于光模块200的端部(图3的右端),开口204也位于光模块200的端部(图3的左端)。或者,开口203位于光模块200的端部,而开口204则位于光模块200的侧部。开口203为电口,电路板300的金手指从电口伸出,插入上位机(例如,光网络终端100)中;开口204为光口,被配置为接入光纤101,以使光纤101连接光模块200中的光发射部件400和/或光学容纳部件500。
采用上壳体201、下壳体202结合的装配方式,便于将电路板300、光发射部件400、光学容纳部件500等组件安装到壳体中,由上壳体201、下壳体202对这些器件形成封装保护。此外,在装配电路板300光发射部件400与光学容纳部件500等组件时,便于这些器件的定位部件、散热部件以及电磁屏蔽部件的部署,有利于自动化地实施生产。
在一些实施例中,上壳体201及下壳体202一般采用金属材料制成,利于实现电磁屏蔽以及散热。
在一些实施例中,光模块200还包括位于其壳体外部的解锁部件600,解锁部件600被配置为实现光模块200与上位机之间的固定连接,或解除光模块200与上位机之间的固定连接。
示例性的,解锁部件600位于下壳体202的两个下侧板2022的外侧,包括与上位机100的笼子106匹配的卡合部件。当光模块200插入笼子106中时,由解锁部件600的卡合部件将光模块200固定在笼子106中;拉动解锁部件600时,解锁部件600的卡合部件随之移动,从而改变卡合部件与上位机的连接关系,以解除光模块200与上位机的固定,从而可以将光模块200从笼子106中抽出。
电路板300包括电路走线、电子元件及芯片,通过电路走线将电子元件和芯片按照电路设计连接在一起,以实现供电、电信号传输及接地等功能。电子元件例如包括电容、电阻、三极管、金属氧化物半导体场效应管(Metal-Oxide-Semiconductor Field-Effect Transistor,MOSFET)。芯片例如包括微控制单元(Microcontroller Unit,MCU)、激光驱动芯片、限幅放大器(Limiting Amplifier,LA)、时钟数据恢复(Clock and Data Recovery,CDR)芯片、电源管理芯片、数字信号处理(Digital Signal Processing,DSP)芯片。
电路板300一般为硬性电路板,硬性电路板由于其相对坚硬的材质,还可以实现承载作用,如硬性电路板可以平稳地承载上述电子元件和芯片;硬性电路板还可以插入上位机笼子中的电连接器中。
在一些实施例中,光学容纳部件500上可设置3个光接收部件,每一个光接收部件对应接收一种波长的光信号。
在一些实施例中,光学容纳部件500上可设置2个光接收部件,一个光接收部件用于接收一种波长的光信号,另一个光接收部件用于时分接收两种波长的光信号。
在一些实施例中,光学容纳部件500上可设置1个光接收部件,该光接收部件用于时分接收三种波长的光信号。
在一些实施例中,光接收部件包括光探测器和TIA,光信号传输至光接收部件,光探测器接收光信号并转换为电流
信号,TIA将探测器输出的电流信号转换为电压信号。
电路板300还包括形成在其端部表面的金手指310,金手指310由相互独立的多个管脚组成。电路板300插入笼子106中,由金手指310与笼子106内的电连接器导通连接。金手指310可以仅设置在电路板300一侧的表面(例如图4所示的上表面),也可以设置在电路板300上下两侧的表面,以适应管脚数量需求大的场合。金手指310被配置为与上位机建立电连接,以实现供电、接地、I2C信号传递、数据信号传递等。当然,部分光模块中也会使用柔性电路板。柔性电路板一般与硬性电路板配合使用,以作为硬性电路板的补充。
在一些实施例中,光发射部件400及光学容纳部件500上的光接收部件分别与电路板300物理分离,然后分别通过相应的柔性电路板或电连接件与电路板300电连接。
图5为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光模块的内部结构示意图,图6为根据本公开一些实施例提供的又一种光模块的内部结构示意图,图7为根据本公开一些实施例提供的另一种光模块的内部结构示意图,图5-图7展示出了本公开实施例中光学容纳部件的使用状态。
在一些实施例中,光学容纳部件500的一端连接光纤适配器530,光学容纳部件500的另一端连接光发射部件400。光发射部件400产生的光信号先传输至光学容纳部件500中,再经光学容纳部件500传输至光纤适配器530,最后经光纤适配器530输出;外部输入的光信号通过经过光纤适配器530输入至光学容纳部件500,使光学容纳部件500和光发射部件400共用光纤适配器530,进而使光模块的上行光信号和下行光信号共用光纤101。
在一些实施例中,光学容纳部件500包括第一壳体510和第一上盖520,第一壳体510和第一上盖520盖合连接形成的第一腔体。第一腔体的内部形成容纳腔,该容纳腔用于容纳器件以及实现器件之间的连接或连通。示例性的,容纳腔内设置有位移棱镜、反射镜等。第一壳体510的一端连接光纤适配器530,光纤适配器530连通第一壳体510的内腔。
在一些实施例中,第一壳体510的另一端连接光发射部件400。光发射部件400可产生多种波长的光发射信号,且能够将多种波长的光发射信号合束为一束光发射信号。示例性的,光发射部件400可产生三种波长的光发射信号,三种波长的光发射信号的速率不同,如光发射部件400可产生第一波长光信号、第二波长光信号和第三波长光信号,第一波长光信号、第二波长光信号和第三波长光信号具有不同速率。
在一些实施例中,光发射部件400可包括第二壳体410,第二壳体410的侧壁上设置多个引脚430,第二壳体410内设置用于产生光发射信号和传输光发射信号的器件。引脚430连接柔性电路板,以通过柔性电路板电连接电路板300。示例性的,第二壳体410的一端连接第一壳体510的另一端。
在一些实施例中,第二壳体410上两个相连接的侧壁上分别设置多排引脚,两个相连接的侧壁上底排的引脚中包括高频引脚。
在一些实施例中,第一波长光信号的波长范围为1340-1344nm,如第一波长光信号的波长为1342nm;第二波长光信号的波长范围为1575-1580nm,如第二波长光信号的波长为1577nm;第三波长光信号的波长范围为1480-1500nm,如第三波长光信号的波长为1490nm。
在一些实施例中,不同波长的光接收信号可通过光纤适配器530输入至第一壳体510的内腔。示例性的,第四波长光信号、第五波长光信号和第六波长光信号等可通过光纤适配器530输入至第一壳体510的内腔。示例性的,第四波长光信号的波长范围为1260-1280nm,如第四波长光信号的波长为1270nm;第五波长光信号的波长范围为1284-1288nm,如第五波长光信号的波长为1286nm;第六波长光信号的波长范围为1290-1330nm,如第六波长光信号的波长为1310nm。第四波长光信号、第五波长光信号和第六波长光信号可具有不同的速率;当然本公开实施例中,第四波长光信号与第六波长光信号可具有相同的速率,等。
在一些实施例中,光学容纳部件500上设置有第一光接收部件710(一些示例中,也可以称为第一光接收组件)。第一光接收部件710可连接第一壳体510的侧壁,第一光接收部件710的入光端位于容纳腔内。第一光接收部件710可接收第四波长光信号、第五波长光信号和第六波长光信号。第一光接收部件710可通过柔性电路板连接电路板300。
在一些实施例中,光学容纳部件500上设置有第二光接收部件720(一些示例中,也可以称为第二光接收组件)和第一光接收部件710。第二光接收部件720和第一光接收部件710可连接第一壳体510的侧壁,第二光接收部件720和第一光接收部件710的入光端分别位于容纳腔内。第二光接收部件720可接收第四波长光信号和第六波长光信号,第一光接收部件710可接收第五波长光信号。第二光接收部件720和第一光接收部件710可分别通过柔性电路板连接电路板300。
在一些实施例中,光学容纳部件500上设置有第二光接收部件720、第一光接收部件710和第三光接收部件730(一些示例中,也可以称为第三光接收组件)。第二光接收部件720、第一光接收部件710和第三光接收部件730可连接第一壳体510的侧壁,第二光接收部件720、第一光接收部件710和第三光接收部件730的入光端分别位于容纳腔内。第二光接收部件720可接收第四波长光信号,第一光接收部件710可接收第五波长光信号,第三光接收部件730可接收第六波长光信号。第二光接收部件720、第一光接收部件710和第三光接收部件720可分别通过柔性电路板连接电路板300。
图8为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种以太网无源光网络(Ethernet Passive Optical Network,EPON)图,图8展示出了一种光模块200的使用场景。在一些实施例中,EPON中OLT可通过光配线网络(Optical Distribution Network,ODN)连接ONU1、ONU2、ONU3等ONU;其中,该ONU为50G EPON ONU、10G EPON ONU、1G EPON ONU或10G EPON非对称ONU等,以使OLT可通过光模块200可接收第四波长光信号、第五波长光信号和第六波长光信号等。其中,50G EPON ONU的下行波长可为第五波长,10G EPON ONU的下行波长可为第四波长,1G EPON ONU和10GEPON非对称ONU的下行波长可为第六波长。
图9为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光模块的内部结构原理图,图9展示出了一种第一壳体510内器件的设置状态以及第一壳体510内光信号的传输光路;其中,实线箭头为光发射信号,虚线箭头为光接收信号。
在一些实施例中,第一壳体510内可设置有第一反射镜540和第二反射镜550,第一反射镜540位于第一光接收部件710的输入光路上,第二反射镜550位于第一反射镜540的入射光路上。经光纤适配器530输入至第一壳体内的接收光信号,传输至第二反射镜550,经第二反射镜550反射传输至第一反射镜540,经第一反射镜540直接反射至第一光接收部件710;其中接收光信号可为第四波长光信号、第五波长光信号或第六波长光信号。
在一些实施例中,光发射信号传输至第一壳体510,并透过第二反射镜550。
在一些实施例中,第四波长光信号、第五波长光信号或第六波长光信号时分复用地传输至第一壳体510,使第一光接收部件710可在不同的时间段接收不同波长的光信号。
在一些实施例中,第一壳体510内可设置第一位移棱镜560,第一位移棱镜560的第一反射面561位于光纤适配器530的光轴延长线上,第一位移棱镜560的第二反射面562位于第二反射镜550的入射光轴上。经光纤适配器530输入至第一壳体510内的接收光信号,传输至第一反射面561并经第一反射面561反射传输至第二反射面562,然后经第二反射面562反射传输至第二反射镜550。第一位移棱镜560可用于在第一壳体510的宽度方向上调整光接收信号的传输光路。
在一些实施例中,第一壳体510内可设置第一透镜570,第一透镜570设置在光纤适配器530到第一位移棱镜560的传输光路上。示例性的,第一透镜570位于光纤适配器530到第一反射面561的传输光路上。第一透镜570准直经光
纤适配器530输入至第一壳体510内的接收光信号。
在一些实施例中,透过第二反射镜550的光发射信号传输至第二反射面562,经第二反射面562反射传输至第一反射面561,再经第一反射面561反射传输至第一透镜570,最后经第一透镜570汇聚传输至光纤适配器530。
图10为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光模块的内部结构电路图,图10示出了一种使用第一光接收部件710的电路图。在一些实施例中,电路板300上可设置有MCU320。
在一些实施例中,电路板300上设置有第一限幅放大器330,第一限幅放大器330的输入端连接第一光接收部件710的输出端。第一限幅放大器330放大或限幅整形第一光接收部件710输出后的电压信号并输出至金手指310。示例性的,第一限幅放大器330连接第一光接收部件710中TIA的输出端,第一限幅放大器330放大或限幅整形该TIA输出的电压信号。
在一些实施例中,第一目标时间时,第一光接收部件710输出第一电压信号;第二目标时间时,第一光接收部件710输出第二电压信号;第三目标时间时,第一光接收部件710输出第三电压信号。第一目标时间、第二目标时间和第三目标时间可循环更新。
在一些实施例中,第一限幅放大器330包括第一输出通道331、第二输出通道332和第三传输通道333,第一输出通道331、第二输出通道332和第三传输通道333分别连接金手指310。第一输出通道331用于输出第一限幅放大器330处理后的第一电压信号,第二输出通道332用于输出第一限幅放大器330处理后的第二电压信号,第三传输通道333用于输出第一限幅放大器330处理后的第三电压信号。
在一些实施例中,第三电压信号的速率大于第一电压信号的速率,且第三电压信号的速率大于第二电压信号。
在一些实施例中,MCU320控制连接第一限幅放大器330,使第一限幅放大器330在不同的时间段内处理不同的电压信号,以通过相应的传输通道输出处理后的电压信号到金手指。示例性的,MCU320在第一目标时间向第一限幅放大器330输出第一控制信号,使第一限幅放大器330放大或限幅整形第一电压信号,并将处理后的第一电压信号通过第一输出通道331输出到金手指310;MCU320在第二目标时间向第一限幅放大器330输出第二控制信号,使第一限幅放大器330放大或限幅整形第二电压信号,并将处理后的第二电压信号通过第二输出通道3321输出到金手指310;MCU320在第三目标时间向第一限幅放大器330输出第三控制信号,使第一限幅放大器330放大或限幅整形第三电压信号,并将处理后的第三电压信号通过第三传输通道333输出到金手指310。
在一些实施例中,第一控制信号为高电平信号,第二控制信号为中电平信号,第三控制信号为低电平。当然本公开实施例中,第一控制信号等不局限此,可以为其他形式的组合。
图11为根据本公开一些实施例提供的另一种光模块的内部结构电路图,图11示出了另一种使用第一光接收部件710的电路图。在一些实施例中,电路板300上设置有第二限幅放大器340、第一限幅放大器330和滤波电路350,滤波电路350的输入端连接第一光接收部件710的输出端,滤波电路350的输出端分别连接第二限幅放大器340的输入端和第一限幅放大器330的输入端,使第一光接收部件710输出电压信号通过滤波电路350输出至第二限幅放大器340的输入端或第一限幅放大器330。
在一些实施例中,第一光接收部件710输出的第一电压信号和第三电压信号通过滤波电路350传输至第二限幅放大器340,第二限幅放大器340放大或限幅整形第一电压信号和第三电压信号;第一光接收部件710输出的第二电压信号通过滤波电路350传输至第一限幅放大器330,第一限幅放大器330放大或限幅整形第二电压信号。示例性的,第一光接收部件710输出的第二电压信号被滤波电路350旁逸到第一限幅放大器330。
在一些实施例中,第二限幅放大器340包括第四输出通道341和第五输出通道342,第四输出通道341和第五输出通道342分别连接金手指310。第四输出通道341用于输出第二限幅放大器340处理后的第一电压信号,第五输出通道342用于输出第二限幅放大器340处理后的第三电压信号。第一限幅放大器330包括第二输出通道332,第二输出通道332连接金手指310。第二输出通道332用于输出第一限幅放大器330处理后的第二电压信号。
在一些实施例中,MCU320控制连接第二限幅放大器340,使第二限幅放大器340在不同的时间段内处理不同的电压信号,以通过相应的传输通道输出处理后的电压信号到金手指。示例性的,MCU320在第一目标时间向第二限幅放大器340输出第四控制信号,使第二限幅放大器340放大或限幅整形第一电压信号,并将处理后的第一电压信号通过第四输出通道341输出到金手指310;MCU320在第三目标时间向第二限幅放大器340输出第五控制信号,使第二限幅放大器340放大或限幅整形第三电压信号,并将处理后的第三电压信号通过第五输出通道342输出到金手指310。
在一些实施例中,第四控制信号可为高电平,第五控制信号可为低电平。
在一些实施例中,滤波电路350包括第一电容351、第二电容352、第三电容353、第四电容354、第一电感355和第二电感356。第一电容351、第二电容352、第一电感355和第二电感356设置在第一光接收部件710与第二限幅放大器340之间;其中,第一电容351与第一电感355串联,第二电容352与第二电感356串联。第三电容353与第四电容354设置在第一光接收部件710与第一限幅放大器330之间。
在一些实施例中,第一光接收部件710的输出端可连接3个限幅放大器,以通过3个限幅放大器一一对应的处理第一光接收部件710输出的电信号。例如,第一限幅放大器对第一电压信号进行处理,第二限幅放大器对第二电压信号进行处理,第三限幅放大器对第三电压信号进行处理。
在一些实施例中,第一光接收部件710可包括第一探测器711和第一TIA712。第一探测器711的信号输出端连接第一TIA712的信号输入端,第一TIA712将电流信号转化为电压信号。MCU320控制连接第一TIA712,MCU320可依据时序设置对应的向第一TIA712发送控制信号,使第一TIA712按照相应的配置处理将电流信号转化为电压信号。
在一些实施例中,MCU320在第一目标时间向第一TIA712输出第一配置信号,使第一TIA712按照第一配置将第一探测器711输出的第一电流信号转化为第一电压信号;MCU320在第二目标时间向第一TIA712输出第二配置信号,使第一TIA712按照第二配置将第一探测器711输出的第二电流信号转化为第二电压信号;MCU320在第三目标时间向第一TIA712输出第三配置信号,使第一TIA712按照第三配置将第一探测器711输出的第三电流信号转化为第三电压信号。第一配置信号、第二配置信号和第三配置信号可为不同的电平信号。
图12为根据本公开一些实施例提供的又一种光模块的内部结构原理图,图12展示出了又一种第一壳体510内器件的设置状态以及第一壳体510内光信号的传输光路;其中,实线箭头为光发射信号,虚线箭头为光接收信号。
在一些实施例中,第二光接收部件720设置在第一光接收部件710的侧边。示例性的,第二光接收部件720和第一光接收部件710并排设置,第二光接收部件720的输入光路与第一光接收部件710的输入光路平行。
在一些实施例中,第一壳体510内可设置有波分解复用器580和位移棱镜组590。波分解复用器580位于第一反射镜540的反射光路上,且波分解复用器580位于位移棱镜组590的一侧,位移棱镜组590位于波分解复用器580的输出光路上。第二光接收部件720和第一光接收部件710位于位移棱镜组590的另一侧。
经第一反射镜540反射的光接收信号传输至波分解复用器580,波分解复用器580按照光接收信号的波长改变光接收信号的传输光路,使不同波长的接收光信号经波分解复用器580输出后沿不同的光路传输。示例性的,波分解复用器580包括第一出光口581、第二出光口582和第三出光口583,第一出光口581用于输出第四波长光信号,第二出光口582用于输出第五波长光信号,第三出光口583用于输出第六波长光信号。
在一些实施例中,位移棱镜组590包括第二位移棱镜591和第三位移棱镜592,第三位移棱镜592位于第二位移棱镜591的侧边。第二位移棱镜591包括第三反射面5191和第四反射面5192,第三反射面5191位于第一出光口581的出光方向上,用于将从第一出光口581输出的第四波长光信号反射至第四反射面5192。第四反射面5192位于第二光接收部件720的输入光路上,使第二光接收部件720可接收第四波长光信号。第三位移棱镜592包括第五反射面5921和第一折射面5922,第一折射面5922贴近第三反射面5191,第五反射面5921位于第三出光口583的出光方向上,用于将第三出光口583输出的第六波长光信号反射至第一折射面5922。第六波长光信号依次透过第一折射面5922和第三反射面5191传输至第四反射面5192,经第四反射面5192反射传输至第二光接收部件720。
在一些实施例中,第一光接收部件710位于第三位移棱镜592的侧边。第二出光口582输出的第五波长光信号透过第三位移棱镜592,再传输至第一光接收部件710。当然在本公开一些实施例中,第二位移棱镜591和第三位移棱镜592之间具有间隔,第五波长光信号穿过该间隔。
在一些实施例中,传输至第一壳体510的光接收信号为第四波长光信号和第五波长光信号可波分复用后的复合光;或者,传输至第一壳体510的光接收信号为第五波长光信号和第六波长光信号可波分复用后的复合光。
图13为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光模块的内部结构电路图,图13示出了一种使用第一光接收部件710和第二光接收部件720的电路图。
在一些实施例中,电路板300上设置有第一限幅放大器330和第二限幅放大器340。第一限幅放大器330的输入端连接第一光接收部件710的输出端,第一限幅放大器330放大或限幅整形第一光接收部件710输出的电压信号。第二限幅放大器340的输入端连接第二光接收部件720的输出端,第二限幅放大器340放大或限幅整形第二光接收部件720输出的电压信号。
在一些实施例中,第一限幅放大器330包括第二输出通道332,第一限幅放大器330放大或限幅整形第一光接收部件710输出的第二电压信号,并通过第二输出通道332输出到金手指310。
在一些实施例中,第二限幅放大器340可包括第四输出通道341和第五输出通道342,第四输出通道341用于输出第二限幅放大器340处理后的第一电压信号,第五输出通道342用于输出第二限幅放大器340处理后的第三电压信号。
在一些实施例中,MCU320控制连接第二限幅放大器340。示例性的,MCU320在第四目标时间向第二限幅放大器340输出第四控制信号,使第二限幅放大器340放大或限幅整形第一电压信号,并将处理后的第一电压信号通过第四输出通道341输出到金手指310;MCU320在第五目标时间向第二限幅放大器340输出第五控制信号,使第二限幅放大器340放大或限幅整形第三电压信号,并将处理后的第三电压信号通过第五输出通道342输出到金手指310。第五目标时间和第六目标时间可循环更新。
在一些实施例中,第二光接收部件720可包括第二探测器721和第二TIA722。第二探测器721的信号输出端连接第二TIA722的信号输入端,第二TIA722将电流信号转化为电压信号。MCU320控制连接第二TIA722,MCU320可依据时序设置对应的向第二TIA722发送控制信号,使第二TIA722按照相应的配置处理将电流信号转化为电压信号。
在一些实施例中,MCU320在第四目标时间向第二TIA722输出第四配置信号,使第二TIA722按照第四配置将第二探测器721输出的第一电流信号转化为第一电压信号;MCU320在第五目标时间向第二TIA722输出第五配置信号,使第二TIA722按照第五配置将第二探测器721输出的第三电流信号转化为第三电压信号。第四配置信号和第五配置信号可为不同的电平信号。
图14为根据本公开一些实施例提供的另一种光模块的内部结构电路图,图14示出了另一种使用第一光接收部件710和第二光接收部件720的电路图。在一些实施例中,电路板300上设置有第一限幅放大器330、第二限幅放大器340、第三限幅放大器360和滤波电路350。
第二限幅放大器340的输入端通过滤波电路板350连接第二光接收部件720的输出端,第三限幅放大器360的输入端通过滤波电路板350连接第二光接收部件720的输出端。示例性的,第二光接收部件720输出的第三电压信号被滤波电路350旁逸到第二限幅放大器340。第二光接收部件720输出的第一电压信号通过滤波电路350传输至第三限幅放大器360,第三限幅放大器360放大或限幅整形第一电压信号;第二光接收部件720输出的第三电压信号通过滤波电路350传输至第二限幅放大器340,第二限幅放大器340放大或限幅整形第三电压信号。
在一些实施例中,第三限幅放大器360包括第六输出通道361,第六输出通道361连接金手指310;第二限幅放大器340包括第五输出通道342,第五输出通道342连接金手指310。第六输出通道361用于输出第三限幅放大器360处理后的第一电压信号到金手指310,第五输出通道342用于输出第二限幅放大器340处理后的第三电压信号到金手指310。
在一些实施例中,滤波电路350包括第五电容3561、第六电容3562、第三电感3571、第四电感3572、第七电容3581和第八电容3582。第五电容3561、第六电容3562、第三电感3571和第四电感3572设置在第二光接收部件720与第三限幅放大器360之间;其中,第五电容3561与第三电感3571串联,第六电容3562和第四电感3572串联。第七电容3581和第八电容3582设置在第二光接收部件720与第二限幅放大器340之间。
图15为根据本公开一些实施例提供的另一种光模块的内部结构原理图,图15展示出了另一种第一壳体510内器件的设置状态以及第一壳体510内光信号的传输光路;其中,实线箭头为光发射信号,虚线箭头为光接收信号。
在一些实施例中,第二光接收部件720设置在第一光接收部件710的一侧,第三光接收部件730设置在第一光接收部件710的另一侧。示例性的,第一光接收部件710、第二光接收部件720和第三光接收部件730并排设置,第三光接收部件730的输入光路、第二光接收部件720的输入光路与第一光接收部件710的输入光路平行。
在一些实施例中,第三位移棱镜592包括第五反射面5921和第六反射面5923。第五反射面5921位于第三出光口583的出光方向上,用于将第三出光口583输出的第六波长光信号反射至第六反射面5923。第六反射面5923位于第三光接收部件730的输入光路上,第六反射面5923将第六波长光信号反射传输至第三光接收部件730。
在一些实施例中,第二位移棱镜591和第三位移棱镜592之间具有间隔,第一光接收部件710的输入光路穿过该间隔。第二出光口582输出的第五波长光信号传过该间隔并传输至第一光接收部件710。
在一些实施例中,传输至第一壳体510的光接收信号为第四波长光信号、第五波长光信号和第六波长信号可波分复用光。
图16为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光模块的内部结构电路图,图16示出了一种使用第一光接收部件710、第二光接收部件720和第三光接收部件730的电路图。
在一些实施例中,电路板300上设置有第一限幅放大器330、第二限幅放大器340和第三限幅放大器360。第一限幅放大器330的输入端连接第一光接收部件710的输出端,第一限幅放大器330放大或限幅整形第一光接收部件710输出的电压信号。第二限幅放大器340的输入端连接第二光接收部件720的输出端,第二限幅放大器340放大或限幅整形第二光接收部件720输出的电压信号。第三限幅放大器360的输入端连接第三光接收部件730的输出端,第三限幅放大器360放大或限幅整形第三光接收部件730的输出的电压信号。
在一些实施例中,第一限幅放大器330放大或限幅整形第二电压信号并输出到金手指310,第二限幅放大器340放大或限幅整形第三电压信号并输出到金手指310,第三限幅放大器360放大或限幅整形第一电压信号并输出到金手指310。
在一些实施例中,第三光接收部件730可包括第三探测器731和第三TIA732。第三探测器731的信号输出端连接第
三TIA732的信号输入端,第三TIA732电流信号转化为电压信号。
图17为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光模块的内部结构电路图,图17示出了另一种使用第一光接收部件710、第二光接收部件720和第三光接收部件730的电路图。第二光接收部件730接收第四波长光信号,第四波长光信号的速率可为1G或10G。当第四波长光信号的速率为1G时,第二光接收部件730输出第一电压信号;当第四波长光信号的速率为10G时,第二光接收部件730输出第三电压信号。第三光接收部件730接收第六波长光信号,输出第一电压信号。
在一些实施例中,电路板300上设置有切换开关370,切换开关370的第一输入端连接第二限幅放大器340,切换开关370的第二输入端连接第三限幅放大器360,切换开关370的输出端连接金手指310。切换开关370用于导通第二限幅放大器340与金手指310,或者导通第三限幅放大器360与金手指310。切换开关370可为高速信号切换开关。
在一些实施例中,MCU320控制连接切换开关370,向切换开关370发送切换信号,切换开关370根据接收到的切换信号导通相应的方向。示例性的,MCU320可向切换开关370发送第一切换信号和第二切换信号。当切换开关370接收到第一切换信号,切换开关370导通第二限幅放大器340与金手指310;当切换开关370接收到第二切换信号,切换开关370导通第三限幅放大器360与金手指310。MCU320可按照内部时序定义,定时向切换开关370发送第一切换信号或第二切换信号。第一切换信号和第二切换信号可为高低电平信号。
在一些实施例中,第二限幅放大器340包括第四输出通道341和第五输出通道342。第四输出通道341连接切换开关370的第一输入端,第五输出通道342连接金手指310。当第二限幅放大器340输出处理后的第一电压信号时,依次通过第四输出通道341、切换开关370输出到金手指310;当第二限幅放大器340输出处理后的第三电压信号时,通过第五输出通道342直接传输到金手指310。
在一些实施例中,第二限幅放大器340的信号反馈端连接MCU320。当第二限幅放大器340接收到第一电压信号时,第二限幅放大器340通过信号反馈端向MCU320发送第一反馈信号。当MCU320接收到第一反馈信号,MCU320向切换开关370发送第一切换信号。
在一些实施例中,第三限幅放大器360的信号反馈端连接MCU320。当第三限幅放大器360接收到第一电压信号时,第三限幅放大器360信号反馈端向MCU320发送第二反馈信号。当MCU320接收到第二反馈信号,MCU320向切换开关370发送第二切换信号。
图18为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种第一壳体的使用状态图,图18展示出了第三种第一壳体510内器件设置状态以及第一壳体510内光信号的传输光路;其中,实线箭头为光发射信号,虚线箭头为光接收信号。
在一些实施例中,第一壳体510内设置有第四位移棱镜501,第四位移棱镜501位于光发射信号的输入光路上。第四位移棱镜501沿第一壳体510的宽度方向设置,以在第一壳体510的宽度方向调整光发射信号的传输光路,使光发射信号传输光路平移。第四位移棱镜501包括第七反射面和第八反射面。传输到第一壳体510内的光发射信号,入射至第七反射面,经第七反射面反射传输至第八发射面,经第八发射面反射传输至第二反射镜550,最后透过第二反射镜550。
在一些实施例中,第一壳体510上可设置隔离器502,隔离器502嵌设在第一壳体510的侧壁上,隔离器502位于第四位移棱镜501远离第二反射镜550的一侧。隔离器502用于隔离被第七反射面反射回的光信号,以防止该光信号传输至光发射部件400。
在一些实施例中,隔离器502可设置在第二壳体410上或第二壳体410内。
图19为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光收发部件与光纤适配器的装配图。图20为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光收发部件与光纤适配器的分解图。图21为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种第一腔体的结构图。如图19、图20和图21所示,在一些实施例中,光接收部件500可以包括第一腔体。第一腔体的一端可以与光发射部件400连接。第一腔体的另一端可以与光纤适配器700连接,以使第一腔体可以接收光纤适配器700发出的接收光信号。第一腔体的一端可以与光发射部件400连接,第一腔体的另一端可以与光纤适配器700的一端连接,以使光发射部件400发出的发射光信号先传输至第一腔体中,再经第一腔体传输至光纤适配器700,最后经光纤适配器700输出。
如图5、图6和图7所示,在一些实施例中,光接收部件500可以包括至少一个接收组件。至少一个光接收组件可以与第一腔体连接,以使外部输入的接收光信号(包括多种波长的光信号)通过经过光纤适配器700输入至第一腔体,再经第一腔体传输到至少一个光接收组件。一些示例中,至少一个光接收组件可以是本公开前述实施例中详细描述的第一光接收组件。
在一些实施例中,至少一个光接收组件可以包括第一光接收组件520。第一光接收组件520可以接收第四波长光信号,第四波长光信号的波长范围为1284-1288nm。
在一些实施例中,至少一个光接收组件可以包括第二光接收组件530。第二光接收组件530可以接收第五波长光信号,第五波长光信号的波长范围为1260-1280nm。
在一些实施例中,至少一个光接收组件可以包括第三光接收组件540。第三光接收组件540可以接收第六波长光信号,第六波长光信号的波长范围为1290-1330nm。
这里需要说明的是,本公开一些实施例中涉及的数值和数值范围为近似值,受制造工艺的影响,可能会存在一定范围的误差,这部分误差本领域技术人员可以认为忽略不计。
至少一个光接收组件包括第一光接收组件520、第二光接收组件530和第三光接收组件540,以使光接收部件500可以接收三种波长的光信号,三种波长的光信号速率不同。
在一些实施例中,第一光接收组件520、第二光接收组件530和第三光接收组件540均包括接收管帽和接收管座,接收管帽罩设于接收管座上,以形成接收腔,该接收腔内设置有光接收芯片,光接收芯片接收光信号并将光信号转换为电信号。
接收管座上还设置有接收管脚,接收管脚的一端通过柔性电路板与电路板300连接,以实现接收管脚与电路板300电连接。接收管脚由接收管座的底部向上延伸,直至越出接收管座的顶部,与光接收芯片所在的焊盘打线连接,以实现接收管脚与光接收芯片电连接,进而将电信号经接收管脚传输至电路板300。
在一些实施例中,光接收组件的接收管帽设置有第二透镜。第二透镜为汇聚透镜,可以将入射至第二透镜的光信号汇聚耦合至接收腔内的光接收芯片。
在一些实施例中,第一光接收组件520的光接收芯片的接收速率、第二光接收组件530的光接收芯片的接收速率和第三光接收组件540的光接收芯片的接收速率均可以不相同。示例地,第一光接收组件520的光接收芯片的接收速率大于第二光接收组件530的光接收芯片的接收速率,且大于第三光接收组件540的光接收芯片的接收速率。如,第一光接收组件520的光接收芯片的接收速率为25G,第二光接收组件530的光接收芯片的接收速率为10G,第三光接收组件540的光接收芯片的接收速率为2.5G。
在一些实施例中,第一光接收组件520、第二光接收组件530和第三光接收组件540均位于第一腔体的同一侧壁。
在一些实施例中,第一光接收组件520和第二光接收组件530可以位于第一腔体的一侧壁,第三光接收组件540可以位于第一腔体的另一侧壁,以缩小光接收部件500的长度尺寸。
在一些实施例中,第一腔体可以包括第一连接孔5111。第一连接孔5111可以位于第一腔体的第一端。第一连接孔5111可以与光纤适配器700连接,以使光纤适配器700与第一腔体连接。示例地,连接套筒710的一端插入第一连接孔
5111,连接套筒710的另一端与光纤适配器700连接,以使光纤适配器700与第一腔体通过连接套筒710连接。
在一些实施例中,第一腔体可以包括第二连接孔5131。第二连接孔5131可以位于第一腔体的第二端。第二连接孔5131可以与光发射部件400连接,以使光发射部件400与第一腔体连接。
在一些实施例中,第一连接孔5111和第二连接孔5131可以相对设置。
在一些实施例中,第一腔体可以包括第三连接孔5122。第三连接孔5122可以用于第一光接收组件520的插入,以使第一光接收组件520与第一腔体连接。
在一些实施例中,第一腔体可以包括第四连接孔5121。第四连接孔5121可以用于第二光接收组件530的插入,以使第二光接收组件530与第一腔体连接。
在一些实施例中,第一腔体可以包括第五连接孔5141。第五连接孔5141可以用于第三光接收组件540的插入,以使第三光接收组件540与第一腔体连接。
在一些实施例中,第三连接孔5122和第四连接孔5121可以位于第一腔体的一侧壁,第五连接孔5141位于第一腔体的另一侧壁,以使第一光接收组件520和第二光接收组件530位于第一腔体的一侧壁,第三光接收组件540位于第一腔体的另一侧壁,进而缩小第一腔体的长度尺寸。
图22为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种第一腔体的分解图。图23为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种第一壳体与第一光组件的分解图。如图22和图23所示,在一些实施例中,第一腔体可以包括第一壳体510。
在一些实施例中,第一腔体可以包括第一盖板515。第一盖板515可以盖合于第一壳体510上,以形成第一腔体。第一腔体内可以设置第一光组件517。第一光组件517可以将发射光信号传输至光纤适配器700,也可以将光纤适配器700向第一腔体传输的接收光信号分束后,并将分束后的光信号入射至对应的光接收组件。
装配过程中,先将第一光组件517固定于第一壳体510内,再将第一盖板515盖合于第一壳体510上,以将第一光组件517装配至第一腔体内。
图24为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种第一壳体的剖视图。如图22、图23和图24所示,在一些实施例中,第一壳体510向内凹陷可以形成容纳腔516,即第一腔体的内腔,使得容纳腔516可以与第一连接孔5111、第二连接孔5131、第三连接孔5122、第四连接孔5121及第五连接孔5141相连通。容纳腔516内可以容纳第一光组件517中除第一透镜5171之外的其他器件。
在一些实施例中,第一壳体510可以包括第一侧壁511。第一侧壁511可以具有第一连接孔5111。第一连接孔5111可以横穿第一侧壁511,以使第一连接孔5111可以与第一腔体的内腔相连通,进而使得光信号可以沿第一连接孔5111在第一腔体的内外传输。
在一些实施例中,第一壳体510可以包括第二侧壁512。第二侧壁512的一端可以与第一侧壁511的一端连接。
在一些实施例中,第二侧壁512可以具有第三连接孔5122。第三连接孔5122可以横穿第二侧壁512,以使第三连接孔5122可以与第一腔体的内腔相连通,进而使得第一腔体的内腔的光信号可以入射至与第三连接孔5122连接的光接收组件。
在一些实施例中,第二侧壁512可以具有第四连接孔5121。第四连接孔5121可以横穿第二侧壁512,以使第四连接孔5121可以与第一腔体的内腔相连通,进而使得第一腔体的内腔的光信号可以入射至与第四连接孔5121连接的光接收组件。
在一些实施例中,第一壳体510可以包括第三侧壁513。第三侧壁513的一端可以与第二侧壁512的另一端连接。第三侧壁513可以与第一侧壁511相对设置。第三侧壁513可以具有第二连接孔5131。第二连接孔5131可以横穿第三侧壁513,以使第二连接孔5131可以与第一腔体的内腔相连通,进而使得光发射部件400发出的发射光信号可以沿第二连接孔5131入射至第一腔体。
在一些实施例中,第一壳体510可以包括第四侧壁514。第四侧壁514的一端可以与第三侧壁513的一端连接。第四侧壁514的另一端可以与第一侧壁511的另一端连接。第四侧壁514可以与第二侧壁512相对设置。
在一些实施例中,第四侧壁514可以具有第五连接孔5141。第五连接孔5141可以横穿第四侧壁514,以使第五连接孔5141可以与第一腔体的内腔相连通,进而使得第一腔体的内腔的光信号可以入射至与第五连接孔5141连接的光接收组件。
在一些实施例中,在一些实施例中,第一壳体510可以包括底板5161。底板5161可以用于支撑第一光组件517。底板5161可以分别与第一侧壁511、第二侧壁512、第三侧壁513和第四侧壁514的底部连接。第一侧壁511、第二侧壁512、第三侧壁513和第四侧壁514依次连接,且分别与底板5161连接,以形成顶部具有开口的第一壳体510。
在一些实施例中,第三侧壁513可以包括第一连接壁5132。第一连接壁5132的一端可以与第二侧壁512连接。
在一些实施例中,第三侧壁513可以包括第一支撑壁5133。第一支撑壁5133相对于第一连接壁5132更靠近第一侧壁511。第一支撑壁5133可以与第一连接壁5132相连接。第一支撑壁5133相对于第一连接壁5132更凹陷,以使第一支撑壁5133支撑第一盖板515。
在一些实施例中,第四侧壁514可以包括第二连接壁5143。第二连接壁5143的一端可以与第一连接壁5132连接。第二连接壁5143的另一端可以与第一侧壁511连接。
在一些实施例中,第四侧壁514可以包括第二支撑壁5144。第二支撑壁5144的一端可以与第一支撑壁5133连接。第二支撑壁5144的另一端可以与第一侧壁511连接。第二支撑壁5144可以与第二连接壁5143连接。第二支撑壁5144相对于第二连接壁5143更凹陷,以使第二支撑壁5144支撑第一盖板515。
第一支撑壁5133和第二支撑壁5144可以共同支撑第一盖板515,以增加第一盖板515与第一壳体510的接触面积,提高第一盖板515与第一壳体510的连接稳定性。
在一些实施例中,第二支撑壁5144可以包括第一支撑部51441。第一支撑部51441的一端可以与第一支撑壁5133连接。
第五连接孔5141的直径尺寸等于第二连接壁5143的厚度尺寸,第二支撑壁5144相对于第二连接壁5143凸出,导致第五连接孔5141的直径尺寸大于第二支撑壁5144的厚度尺寸,因此,第一支撑部51441可以具有避让孔5147。避让孔5147可以与第五连接孔5141相连通,以避让第五连接孔5141。
在一些实施例中,第二支撑壁5144可以包括第二支撑部51444。第二支撑部51444的一端可以与第一支撑部51441的另一端连接。第二支撑部51444的宽度尺寸小于第一支撑部51441的宽度尺寸,即第二支撑部51444与第二侧壁512之间的垂直距离大于第一支撑部51441与第二侧壁512之间的垂直距离,以给第一光组件517提供容纳空间。
在一些实施例中,第二支撑壁5144可以包括第三支撑部51445。第三支撑部51445的一端可以与第二支撑部51444的另一端连接。第三支撑部51445的另一端可以与第一侧壁511连接。
在一些实施例中,第二支撑壁5144可以包括支撑件51442。支撑件51442的一端可以与第一支撑部51441的侧面连接。支撑件51442的另一端不与第二侧壁512连接,以避让第一光组件517。支撑件51442的一侧可以不与第三侧壁513连接。支撑件51442的另一侧可以不与第一侧壁511连接。
在一些实施例中,支撑件51442可以具有第一通光孔51443。第一通光孔51443可以贯穿支撑件51442,以使光信
号可以经第一通光孔514443穿过。
支撑件51442与第二支撑壁5144可以是一体成型的结构,也可以是两个独立结构件。
在一些实施例中,第一通光孔51443可以与第一连接孔5111对应设置,以使光信号通过第一通光孔51443后入射至第一连接孔5111。
在一些实施例中,第一连接孔5111的中心轴线(如图23中e所示)相对于第一侧壁511的中心轴线(如图23中f所示)更靠近第四侧壁514。
在一些实施例中,第四侧壁514可以具有台阶5142。台阶5142可以给连接套筒710提供足够的空间,以增加连接套筒710与第一侧壁511的接触面积,进而提高连接套筒710与第一侧壁511的连接稳定性。
台阶5142的一侧(如图23所示左侧)相对于台阶5142的另一侧(如图23所示右侧)更凹陷,台阶5142的一侧具有第五连接孔5141,第五连接孔5141内可以设置有光接收组件。台阶5142可以给第五连接孔5141内的光接收组件提供容纳空间,以缩小光接收部件500的宽度尺寸。
图25为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种第一光组件的光路图。图26为根据本公开一些实施例提供的另一种第一光组件的光路图。如图25和图26所示,在一些实施例中,第一光组件517可以包括第一透镜5171。第一透镜5171用于准直/汇聚光信号。示例地,第一腔体向光纤适配器700传输的接收光信号被第一透镜5171汇聚,光纤适配器700向第一腔体传输的光信号被第一透镜5171准直。
在一些实施例中,第一光组件517可以包括第一滤光片5173。第一滤光片5173可以位于第一透镜5171的一侧,以使第一滤光片5173可以将第一透镜5171准直后的接收光信号反射。
第一滤光片5173可以接收发射光信号,并将发射光信号透射至第一透镜5171。
在一些实施例中,第一滤光片5173倾斜设置,以使接收光信号可以反射。示例地,第一滤光片5173的倾斜角度为第一预设角度。第一预设角度可以为8°~13°。
一些示例中,第一预设角度可以为8°~11°。
一些示例中,第一预设角度可以为10°~13°。
一些示例中,第一预设角度可以为10°~11°。
在一些实施例中,第一光组件517可以包括第一反射片5174。第一反射片5174可以将接收到的光信号反射出去。第一反射片5174可以位于第一滤光片5173的反射光路上,进而使经第一滤光片5173反射至第一反射片5174的接收光信号反射出去。
在一些实施例中,第一反射片5174倾斜设置。示例地,第一反射片5174的倾斜角度为第二预设角度,第二预设角度可以为32°~37°。
一些示例中,第二预设角度可以为32°~35°。
一些示例中,第二预设角度可以为34°~37°。
一些示例中,第二预设角度可以为34°~35°。
如图25和图26所示,在一些实施例中,第一光组件517可以包括第二反射片5175。第二反射片5175可以将入射至的第二反射片5175的光信号反射出去。第二反射片5175可以位于第一反射片5174的反射光路上,以使经第一反射片5174反射至第二反射片5175的接收光信号反射出去。
在一些实施例中,第二反射片5175倾斜设置。示例地,第二反射片5175的倾斜角度为第三预设角度,第三预设角度可以为45°。
第一预设角度、第二预设角度和第三预设角度相互配合,以使第二反射片5175反射后的接收光信号可以沿着光接收部件500的长度方向平行射出。
如图25和图26所示,在一些实施例中,第一光组件517可以包括分波组件5172。分波组件5172可以位于第二反射片5175的反射光路上,以使分波组件5172可以接收到第二反射片5175反射后的接收光信号。分波组件5172可以将接收到的接收光信号按照波长进行分束。示例性的,分波组件5172将包括第四波长、第五波长和第六波长的一束接收光信号按照波长分成第四波长光信号、第五波长光信号和第六波长光信号。
在一些实施例中,分波组件5172的第一端具有入光处,光纤适配器700传输的包括第四波长、第五波长和第六波长的接收光信号入射至分波组件5172的第一端的入光处,并经分波组件5172的第二端反射。
在一些实施例中,分波组件5172的第一端具有第一出光处,分波组件5172的第二端具有第二出光处和第三出光处,接收光信号经分波组件5172分为第四波长光信号、第五波长光信号和第六波长光信号,第四波长光信号经分波组件5172的第一端的第一出光处射出,第五波长光信号经分波组件5172的第二端的第二出光处射出,第六波长光信号经分波组件5172的第二端的第三出光处射出,使得经第一出光处透射出的光信号的出射方向与第二出光处透射出的光信号或第三出光处透射出的光信号的出射方向相反,进而提高隔离度。
如图22、图25和图26所示,分波组件5172的第一端可以与第一壳体510的第一端对应设置,分波组件5172的第二端可以与第一壳体510的第二端对应设置,以使分波组件5172可以沿着第一壳体510的长度方向设置。
分波组件5172可以沿着光接收部件500的长度方向设置,即分波组件5172可以沿着第一壳体510的长度方向设置,以缩小第一壳体510的宽度尺寸,进而缩小光接收部件500的宽度尺寸。分波组件5172沿着第一壳体510的长度方向设置时,需要容纳分波组件5172的第一壳体510的宽度尺寸缩小即可满足需求。由于光接收组件的接收管脚的长度尺寸较小,第一壳体510的宽度尺寸缩小,光接收部件500的宽度尺寸也会缩小。
在一些实施例中,分波组件5172的第一端和分波组件5172的第二端平行设置,以使入射至分波组件5172的第二端的发射光信号和经分波组件5172的第一端射出的发射光信号相互平行。
在一些实施例中,分波组件5172的第一端的倾斜角度为第一预设范围,以使入射至分波组件5172的包括第四波长、第五波长和第六波长的接收光信号可以经分波组件5172分隔为第四波长光信号、第五波长光信号和第六波长光信号。示例地,第一预设范围为8°±1°。
图27为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种分波组件的结构图。如图22、图25和图27所示,在一些实施例中,分波组件5172可以包括基板51721。基板51721为block基板。基板51721的第一端面与光接收部件500的第一端对应设置,基板51721的第二端面与光接收部件500的第二端对应设置,以使基板51721沿着光接收部件500的长度方向设置。基板51721的第一端面可以朝向第一连接孔5111。基板51721的第二端面可以朝向第二连接孔5131。
基板51721的第一端面和基板51721的第二端面平行设置,以使入射至基板51721的光信号和经基板51721射出的光信号相互平行。
基板51721的第一端面可以朝向第一连接孔5111,基板51721的第二端面可以朝向第二连接孔5131,以使基板51721可以沿着第一壳体510的长度方向设置。
如图22、图25和图27所示,在一些实施例中,分波组件5172可以包括入光处a。入光处a可以位于基板51721的第一端面。入光处a可以位于第二反射片5175的反射光路上,以使入光处a可以接收第二反射片5175反射后的接收光信号。
在一些实施例中,入光处a可以是基板51721的第一端面中与第二反射片5175对应设置的区域上设置有波片。该波片允许接收光信号透过。
在一些实施例中,入光处a可以是在基板51721的第一端面中与第二反射片5175对应设置的区域上镀有增透膜。该增透膜具有允许接收光信号透过。
基板51721靠近入光处a的一侧壁承靠于第二侧壁512,基板51721的远离入光处a的一侧壁与第四侧壁514之间有间隙,以使发射光信号经基板51721与第四侧壁514之间的间隙传输。
基板51721远离入光处a的一侧壁与第二侧壁512之间的垂直距离小于第一通光孔51443与第二侧壁512之间的垂直距离,以避免发射光信号经过基板51721。
如图22、图25和图27所示,在一些实施例中,分波组件5172可以包括第一反射处b。第一反射处b可以位于基板51721的第二端面。第一反射处b可以与入光处a相对设置,以使第一反射处b可以将经入光处a入射的接收光信号反射出去。
在一些实施例中,第一反射处b可以是基板51721的第二端面中与入光处a相对设置的区域上设置有波片。该波片不允许接收光信号透过,允许接收光信号反射。
在一些实施例中,第一反射处b可以是在基板51721的第二端面中与入光处a相对设置的区域上镀有高反膜。该高反膜不允许接收光信号透过,允许接收光信号反射。
如图22、图25和图27所示,在一些实施例中,分波组件5172可以包括第一波片51722。第一波片51722可以设置于基板51721的第一端面。第一波片51722可以与入光处a相邻设置。第一波片51722可以与入光处a相连接,以缩小分波组件5172的第一端的尺寸。第一波片51722可以位于第一反射处b的反射光路上,以使经第一反射处b反射的接收光信号可以入射至第一波片51722。
在一些实施例中,第一波片51722可以为带通滤波片,可以允许一定频率范围内的信号通过,阻止其他频率的信号通过。示例地,第一波片51722可以允许第四波长光信号透射,也可以允许其他波长光信号反射。
第一波片51722作为分波组件5172的第一出光处,使得分波组件5172内的第四波长光信号经第一波片51722透射出去。
如图22、图25和图27所示,在一些实施例中,分波组件5172可以包括第二波片51723。第二波片51723可以设置于基板51721的第二端面。第二波片51723可以与第一反射处b相邻设置。第二波片51723可以位于第一波片51722的反射光路上,以使经第一波片51722反射的接收光信号可以入射至第二波片51723。
在一些实施例中,第二波片51723可以为带通滤光片,可以允许一定频率范围内的信号通过,阻止其他频率的信号通过。示例地,第二波片51723可以允许第五波长光信号透射,也可以允许其他波长光信号反射。
第二波片51723作为分波组件5172的第二出光处,使得分波组件5172内的第五波长光信号经第二波片51723透射出去。
在一些实施例中,分波组件5172可以包括第二反射处c。第二反射处c可以与第一波片51722相邻设置,以使第一波片51722可以位于入光处a和第二反射处c之间。第二反射处c可以位于第二波片51723的反射光路上,以使第二反射处c可以将第二波片51723反射的接收光信号反射出去。
在一些实施例中,第二反射处c可以是基板51721的第一端面中与第一波片51722相邻设置的区域上设置有波片。该波片不允许接收光信号透过,允许接收光信号反射。
在一些实施例中,第二反射处c可以是在基板51721的第一端面中与第一波片51722相邻设置的区域上镀有高反膜。该高反膜不允许接收光信号透过,允许接收光信号反射。
在一些实施例中,分波组件5172可以包括第三波片51724。第三波片51724设置于基板51721的第二端面。第三波片51724可以与第二波片51723相邻设置。第三波片51724可以位于第二反射处c的反射光路上,以使经第二反射处c反射的接收光信号可以入射至第三波片51724。
在一些实施例中,第三波片51724可以为带通滤光片,可以允许一定频率范围内的信号通过,阻止其他频率的信号通过。示例地,第三波片51724可以允许第六波长光信号透射,也可以允许其他波长光信号反射。
第三波片51724作为分波组件5172的第三出光处,使得分波组件5172内的第六波长光信号经第三波片51724透射出去。
在一些实施例中,第二波片51723和第三波片51724可以连接,以缩小基板51721的第二端面的尺寸。
图28为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光收发部件的剖视图。如图24和图28所示,在一些实施例中,第一连接孔5111内可以设置有第一透镜5171,以缩小第一壳体510的长度尺寸。
在一些实施例中,第一透镜5171可以设置于容纳腔516内。
在一些实施例中,第二连接孔5131内可以设置隔离器518。隔离器518可以允许光发射部件400发射的发射光信号入射至光接收部件500,阻止入射至光接收部件500的发射光信号返回至光发射部件400。
在一些实施例中,第三连接孔5122内可以设置有第一光接收组件520。
在一些实施例中,第四连接孔5121内可以设置有第二光接收组件530。
在一些实施例中,第五连接孔5141内可以设置有第三光接收组件540。
在一些实施例中,第一光组件517可以包括第三反射片5176。第三反射片5176可以位于第一波片51722的透射光路上,以使第三反射片5176可以接收到第一波片51722透射出的第四波长光信号。第三反射片5176可以将接收到的第四波长光信号反射出去。第三连接孔5122可以位于第三反射片5176的反射光路上,以使第三连接孔5122内的第一光接收组件520可以位于第三反射片5176的反射光路上,进而使得第三反射片5176可以将第四波长光信号反射至第一光接收组件520。
在一些实施例中,第三反射片5176可以包括反射面。反射面可以位于第一波片51722的透射光路上,第一光接收组件520可以位于反射面的反射光路上,以使经第一波片51722透射出的第四波长光信号经反射面反射至第一光接收组件520。
在一些实施例中,第三反射片5176的反射面的倾斜角度为非45°,以使第四波长光信号经第三反射片5176的反射面反射面反射后倾斜入射至第一光接收组件520,进而减少第四波长光信号在第一光接收组件520时沿原路返回。
在一些实施例中,第三反射片5176可以包括入射面。入射面可以位于第一波片51722与反射面之间。入射面的一端可以与反射面的一端连接。
在一些实施例中,第三反射片5176可以包括出射面。出射面可以位于反射面与第一光接收组件520之间。出射面的一端可以与反射面的另一端连接。出射面的另一端可以与入射面的另一端连接。
在一些实施例中,第三反射片5176的入射面或者出射面上镀有滤光膜,以过滤掉除第一波长之外的其他波长的接收光信号,使得第四波长光信号可以入射至第一光接收组件520,避免第五波长光信号和第六波长光信号入射至第一光接收组件520。
或者,在一些实施例中,第三反射片5176与第一波片51722之间或者第三反射片5176与第一光接收组件520之间
可以设置有滤光片,以过滤掉除第一波长之外的其他波长的接收光信号。
第三反射片5176的入射面或者出射面上镀有滤光膜,相对于设置滤光片,可以有效缩小第一光组件所占空间,进而缩小第一壳体的空间。
第一滤光片5173和第一反射片5174均位于第三反射片5176的反射光路的相反方向,第一光接收组件520位于第三反射片5176的反射光路上,以缩小光接收部件500的尺寸。
在一些实施例中,第一光组件517可以包括分光棱镜5177。分光棱镜5177可以包括第一反射面51771。第一反射面51771可以位于第二波片51723的透射光路上,以使第一反射面51771可以接收到第二波片51723透射出的第五波长光信号。第四连接孔5121可以位于第一反射面51771的反射光路上,以使第四连接孔5121内的第二光接收组件530可以位于第一反射面51771的反射光路上,进而使得第一反射面51771可以将第五波长光信号反射至第二光接收组件530。
在一些实施例中,分光棱镜5177可以包括第二反射面51772。第二反射面51772可以位于第三波片51724的透射光路上,以使第二反射面51772可以接收到第三波片51724透射出的第六波长光信号。第五连接孔5141可以位于第二反射面51772的反射光路上,以使第五连接孔5141内的第三光接收组件540可以位于第二反射面51772的反射光路上,进而使第二反射面51772可以将第六波长光信号反射至第三光接收组件540。
分光棱镜5177的第一反射面51771和分光棱镜5177的第二反射面51772可以连接,也可以不连接。
在一些实施例中,分光棱镜5177可以包括第一入射面。第一入射面可以位于第一反射面51771与第二波片51723之间。第一入射面的一端可以与第一反射面51771的一端连接。
在一些实施例中,分光棱镜5177可以包括第一出射面。第一出射面可以位于第一反射面与第二光接收组件530之间。第一出射面的一端可以与第一反射面51771的另一端连接。第一出射面的另一端可以与第一入射面的另一端连接。
在一些实施例中,第一入射面或者第一出射面上镀有滤光膜,以过滤掉除第二波长之外的其他波长的接收光信号,使得第五波长光信号可以入射至第二光接收组件530,避免第四波长光信号和第六波长光信号入射至第二光接收组件530。
或者,在一些实施例中,分光棱镜5177与第二波片51723之间或者分光棱镜5177与第二光接收组件530之间可以设置有滤光片,以过滤掉除第二波长之外的其他波长的接收光信号。如图12所示,分光棱镜5177与第二波片51723之间设置有第二滤光片5179。第二滤光片5179可以过滤掉除第二波长之外的其他波长的接收光信号。
在一些实施例中,分光棱镜5177可以包括第二入射面。第二入射面可以位于第二反射面51772与第二波片51723之间。第二入射面的一端可以与第二反射面51772的一端连接。
在一些实施例中,分光棱镜5177可以包括第二出射面。第二出射面可以位于第二反射面51772与第三光接收组件540之间。第二出射面的一端可以与第二反射面51772的另一端连接。第二出射面的另一端可以与第二入射面的另一端连接。
在一些实施例中,第二入射面或者第二出射面上镀有滤光膜,以过滤掉除第三波长之外的其他波长的接收光信号,使得第六波长光信号可以入射至第三光接收组件540,避免第五波长光信号和第六波长光信号入射至第三光接收组件540。
或者,在一些实施例中,分光棱镜5177与第三波片51724之间或者分光棱镜5177与第三光接收组件540之间可以设置有滤光片,以过滤掉除第三波长之外的其他波长的接收光信号。如图11所示,分光棱镜5177与第三波片51724之间设置有第三滤光片5178。第三滤光片5178可以过滤掉除第三波长之外的其他波长的接收光信号。
如图24和图28所示,支撑件51442朝向第一侧壁511的一面可以设置有第一滤光片5173。发射光信号通过支撑件51442的第一通光孔51443传输至第一滤光片5173,并经第一滤光片5173透射至第一透镜5171。接收光信号经第一透镜5171准直后入射至第一滤光片5173,并经第一滤光片5173反射出去。
由于第一滤光片5173倾斜设置,发射光信号倾斜入射至第一滤光片5173,发射光信号在第一滤光片5173的入光面和出光面均发生折射,导致发射光信号在第一滤光片5173的入光面和出光面的中心轴发生偏移,因此,第一连接孔5111的中心轴线相对于第一通光孔51443的中心轴线偏移。
由于第一滤光片5173倾斜设置,为了增加第一滤光片5173与支撑件51442的连接稳定性,在一些实施例中,支撑件51442朝向第一侧壁511的一面可以与第一滤光片5173平行设置。即支撑件51442朝向第一侧壁511的一面的倾斜角度等于第一滤光片5173的倾斜角度。示例地,支撑件51442朝向第一侧壁511的一面的倾斜角度为第一预设角度。
如图24和图28所示,在一些实施例中,第三支撑部51445的朝向支撑件51442的一面可以设置第一反射片5174。第三支撑部51445的侧面可以倾斜设置,以使第一反射片5174位于第一滤光片5173的反射光路上。
由于第一反射片5174倾斜设置,为了增加第一反射片5174与第三支撑部51445的连接稳定性,在一些实施例中,第三支撑部51445朝向支撑件51442的一面可以与第一反射片5174平行设置。即第三支撑部51445朝向支撑件51442的一面的倾斜角度等于第一反射片5174的倾斜角度。示例地,第三支撑部51445朝向支撑件51442的一面的倾斜角度为第二预设角度。
在一些实施例中,第一光接收组件520的接收速率大于第二光接收组件530和第三光接收组件540的接收速率,导致第一光接收组件520的接收光敏面小于第二光接收组件530和第三光接收组件540的接收光敏面,使得第一光接收组件520接收到的第四波长光信号的传输路径最短,第一光接收组件520的光接收芯片能够高耦合效率的接收第四波长光信号。
如图25、图26和图28所示,光路如下:
发射光信号第一滤光片5173透射,再经第一透镜5171聚焦耦合至光纤适配器700。
接收光信号先经第一透镜5171准直,其次依次经第一滤光片5173、第一反射片5174和第二反射片5175反射后入射至分波组件5172的入光处a,再次经第一反射处b反射。接收光信号中的第四波长光信号经第一波片51722透射出去,最后经第三反射片5176反射出去。
接收光信号中的第五波长光信号经第一波片51722反射后,经第二波片51723透射出去,再经分光棱镜5177的第一反射面51771反射出去。
接收光信号中的第五波长光信号依次经第一波片51722、第二波片51723和第二反射处c反射后,经第三波片51724透射出去,再经分光棱镜5177的第二反射面51772反射出去。
图29为根据本公开一些实施例提供的光收发部件与电路板的分解图。如图29所示,在一些实施例中,电路板300包括第一电路板301和第二电路板302,第一电路板301为硬质电路板,第二电路板302为柔性电路板,光发射部件400和光接收部件500均通过第二电路板302与第一电路板301电连接。
光接收部件500的一端连接光纤适配器700,光接收部件500的另一端连接光发射部件400。光发射部件400产生的光信号先传输至光接收部件500中,再经光接收部件500传输至光纤适配器700,最后经光纤适配器700输出;外部输入的光信号通过经过光纤适配器700输入至光接收部件500,使光接收部件500和光发射部件400共用光纤适配器700,进而光模块的上行光信号和下行光信号共用光纤101。
在一些实施例中,光发射部件400可产生多种波长的光信号,且多种波长的光信号合束为一束光信号,光接收部件500可接收包括多种波长的光信号。示例性的,光发射部件400产生三种波长的光信号,光接收部件500接收三种波长的光信号。
图30为根据本公开一些实施例提供的光收发部件的分解图。如图30所示,光接收部件500包括收发腔体510和多个光接收组件,多个光接收组件均与收发腔体510连接。示例地,多个光接收组件包括第一光接收组件520、第二光接收组件530和第三光接收组件540。
在一些实施例中,光发射部件400采用微光学封装,第一光接收组件520、第二光接收组件530和第三光接收组件540采用同轴封装。示例性的,第一光接收组件520、第二光接收组件530和第三光接收组件540的接收光轴相互平行。即,第一光接收组件520、第二光接收组件530和第三光接收组件540均包括接收管帽和接收管座,接收管帽罩设于接收管座上,以形成接收腔,该接收腔内设置有光接收芯片,光接收芯片接收光信号并将光信号转换为电信号。
接收管座上还设置有接收管脚,接收管脚的一端通过第二电路板302与第一电路板301连接,以实现接收管脚与第一电路板301电连接。接收管脚由接收管座的底部向上延伸,直至越出接收管座的顶部,与光接收芯片所在的焊盘打线连接,以实现接收管脚与光接收芯片电连接,进而将电信号经接收管脚传输至第一电路板301。
在一些实施例中,光模块200用于接收包括三种波长范围的一束光信号以及用于发射包括三种波长范围的一束光信号。示例性的,光发射部件400用于输出包括第一波长、第二波长和第三波长的一束光信号,第一光接收组件520用于接收第四波长的光信号,第二光接收组件530用于接收第五波长的光信号,第三光接收组件540用于接收第六波长的光信号。
在一些实施例中,收发腔体510的第一侧连接光纤适配器700,收发腔体510的第二侧设置第一光接收组件520、第二光接收组件530和第三光接收组件540,收发腔体510的第三侧设置光发射部件400。示例性的,收发腔体510的第一侧靠近光模块的光口,收发腔体510的第二侧靠近下壳体202的下侧板2022,收发腔体510的第三侧靠近光模块的电口。
在一些实施例中,收发腔体510的第一侧设置第一连接孔,收发腔体510的第二侧设置第二连接孔、第三连接孔和第四连接孔,收发腔体510的第三侧设置第五连接孔,第一连接孔、第二连接孔、第三连接孔、第四连接孔和第五连接孔分别连通收发腔体510的内腔。光纤适配器700的另一端连接第一连接孔;第一光接收组件520连接第二连接孔,第二光接收组件530连接第三连接孔,第三光接收组件540连接第四连接孔,光发射部件400连接第五连接孔。示例性的,第二连接孔、第三连接孔和第四连接孔依次排列地设置在收发腔体510的第二侧。
图31为根据本公开一些实施例提供的光纤适配器与收发腔体的结构图。图32为根据本公开一些实施例提供的光纤适配器与收发腔体的分解图。图33为根据本公开一些实施例提供的光纤适配器与收发腔体的剖视图。如图31、图32和图33所示,在一些实施例中,收发腔体510的第一侧设置光纤适配器700,光纤适配器700的一端用于连接光纤,光纤适配器700的另一端连通收发腔体510,使收发腔体510通过光纤适配器700光连接光纤。示例性的,收发腔体510的一侧设置第一连接孔5111,光纤适配器700的另一端设置连接套筒710。连接套筒710的一端嵌设连接光纤适配器700,连接套筒710的另一端连接收发腔体510,使光纤适配器700连通第一连接孔5111,通过连接套筒710方便光纤适配器700连接收发腔体510。示例性的,光纤适配器700另一端嵌设入连接套筒710,光纤适配器700中的光纤插芯的端部位于连接套筒710内。
在一些实施例中,第一连接孔5111由收发腔体510的内部延伸到收发腔体510的外部,即第一连接孔5111为横穿收发腔体510第一侧板的通孔,以便于光信号在收发腔体510内与收发腔体510外的光纤适配器700来回传输。
在一些实施例中,第一连接孔5111内设置第四透镜5174,第四透镜5174用于准直/汇聚光信号。示例性的,收发腔体510向光纤适配器700传输的光信号被第四透镜5174汇聚,光纤适配器700向收发腔体510传输的光信号被第四透镜5174准直。第四透镜5174设置在第一连接孔5111内,便于节省将第四透镜5174设置在收发腔体510内所占用的空间,有助于减小光接收部件500的体积,便于光接收部件500在光模块在装配。
在一些实施例中,收发腔体510的第二侧设置有第二连接孔5121、第三连接孔5122和第四连接孔5123,第一光接收组件520的顶部嵌设连接第二连接孔5121,第二光接收组件530的顶部嵌设连接第三连接孔5122,第三光接收组件540的顶部嵌设连接第四连接孔5123,以通过第二连接孔5121、第三连接孔5122和第四连接孔5123的相互分开实现第一光接收组件520、第二光接收组件530和第三光接收组件540的相互隔离,有效减少第一光接收组件520、第二光接收组件530和第三光接收组件540之间的高频串扰、热串扰等。示例性的,第一光接收组件520、第二光接收组件530和第三光接收组件540的接收管帽分别嵌设对应的连接孔。
在一些实施例中,收发腔体510的第三侧设置有第五连接孔5131,第五连接孔5131的一端与收发腔体510的内腔连通,第五连接孔5131的另一端与连接部5132的一端连接,连接部5132的另一端与光发射部件400连接,连接部5132的内部设置有第四通孔51321,第四通孔51321与第五连接孔5131连通,以便于光发射部件400发射的光信号入射至收发腔体510的内部。
图34为根据本公开一些实施例提供的收发腔体的分解图。图35为根据本公开一些实施例提供的收发壳体的结构图。如图34和图35所示,在一些实施例中,收发腔体510包括收发盖体515和收发壳体,收发盖体515盖合于收发壳体上,以形成收发腔体510。收发腔体510内设置有第二光组件517,以发射光信号至光纤适配器700及接收光纤适配器700发射的光信号。
在一些实施例中,收发壳体向内凹陷,以形成容纳腔516,容纳腔516内设置有第二光组件517,以容纳第二光组件517。
在一些实施例中,收发壳体具有一开口。示例地,收发壳体包括第一收发侧板511、第二收发侧板512、第三收发侧板513和第四收发侧板514,第一收发侧板511、第二收发侧板512、第三收发侧板513和第四收发侧板514依次首尾连接,第一收发侧板511、第二收发侧板512、第三收发侧板513和第四收发侧板514位于容纳腔516的边缘;第一收发侧板511位于收发壳体的第一侧,第二收发侧板512位于收发壳体的第二侧,第三收发侧板513位于收发壳体的第三侧,第四收发侧板514位于收发壳体的第四侧。其中,收发壳体的第四侧靠近下壳体202的下侧板2022且与收发壳体的第二侧位于收发壳体的不同侧。第一收发侧板511上设置第一连接孔5111,第二收发侧板512上设置第二连接孔5121、第三连接孔5122和第四连接孔5123,第三收发侧板513上设置第五连接孔5131。示例性的,第一收发侧板511、第二收发侧板512、第三收发侧板513和第四收发侧板514一体成型。
在一些实施例中,第三收发侧板513包括第一子收发侧板5133和第二子收发侧板5134,第一子收发侧板5133的一端与第二收发侧板512连接,第一子收发侧板5133的另一端与第二子收发侧板5134的一端连接,第二子收发侧板5134的另一端与第四收发侧板514,以使第三收发侧板513具有避让缺角,以避让光发射部件400。
在一些实施例中,第二子收发侧板5134设置有避让缺口5135,避让缺口5135由第二子收发侧板5134的内侧壁向第二子收发侧板5134的外侧壁凹陷形成,避让缺口5135的侧壁包括第五连接孔5131的一端。
在一些实施例中,容纳腔516包括第一容纳腔、第二容纳腔5165和第三容纳腔5166,第一容纳腔、第二容纳腔5165和第三容纳腔5166相互连通,以使光信号能够从第一容纳腔传输至第二容纳腔5165以及从第一容纳腔传输至第三容纳腔5166。
在一些实施例中,第一收发侧板511与第二收发侧板512围成第二容纳腔5165,第一子收发侧板5133与第二收发侧板512围成第三容纳腔5166。
在一些实施例中,第一容纳腔包括容纳腔本体5163、置物件5169、第二置物槽5162和第三置物槽5164,第一连接孔5111位于容纳腔本体5163的第一侧,第三置物槽5164位于容纳腔本体5163的第二侧,置物件5169位于容纳腔本体5163的第三侧,第二置物槽5162位于容纳腔本体5163的第四侧,第二置物槽5162和第三置物槽5164相对于容纳腔本体5163更凹陷,置物件5169相对于容纳腔本体5163更凸出。
第三置物槽5164分别与容纳腔本体5163、第二容纳腔5165和第三容纳腔5166连通,以使第一容纳腔、第二容纳腔5165和第三容纳腔5166相互连通。
在一些实施例中,置物件5169的第一端与容纳腔本体5163连接,置物件5169的第二端与第三收发侧板513的第二子收发侧板5134的内侧壁连接,置物件5169相对于第二子收发侧板5134更凹陷,以便于贴装光组件。
在一些实施例中,置物件5169上设置有第一置物槽5161,第一置物槽5161位于容纳腔本体5163与避让缺口5135之间,第一置物槽5161相对于置物件5169凹陷,以便于放置光组件。
在一些实施例中,第一置物槽5161位于容纳腔本体5163与第三收发侧板513的第二子收发侧板5134之间,第一置物槽5161的第一端口与第五连接孔5131连通,第一置物槽5161的第二端口位于第一支撑面5167的缺口处,以使第一置物槽5161的第二端口与容纳腔本体5163连通,进而使得经第五连接孔5131入射至的光信号可沿第一置物槽5161传输至容纳腔本体5163。
在一些实施例中,第一置物槽5161的第一端口与第一置物槽5161的第二端口的中心轴不重合,即第一置物槽5161的第一端口与第一置物槽5161的第二端口在Y轴上不重合。
在一些实施例中,容纳腔本体5163包括第一侧壁和第二侧壁,容纳腔本体5163的第一侧壁与容纳腔本体5163的第二侧壁相对设置,容纳腔本体5163的第二侧壁与置物件5169的第一端连接,容纳腔本体5163的第二侧壁包括第一支撑面5167,第一支撑面5167为第一置物槽5161与容纳腔本体5163的连接面,第一支撑面5167用于支撑部分第二光组件。示例地,第一支撑面5167为倾斜面,第一支撑面5167沿第三收发侧板513的内侧壁一端向另一端倾斜,即第五连接孔5131的中轴线不垂直于第一支撑面5167。
在一些实施例中,容纳腔本体5163的第二侧壁还包括第二支撑面5168,第二支撑面5168用于支撑部分第二光组件,第一支撑面5167和第二支撑面5168连接,第一支撑面5167与第二支撑面5168之间非平行设置,以使第二支撑面5168与第二子收发侧板5134的内侧壁平行设置。
图36为根据本公开一些实施例提供的第二光组件的光路图。如图36所示,在一些实施例中,第二光组件517包括第一位移棱镜5171、第一滤光片5172、第二位移棱镜5173、第四透镜5174、第一反射片5175、分波器5176、第二滤光片5177、第三位移棱镜5178和第四位移棱镜5179,第四透镜5174位于第一连接孔5111内,第一位移棱镜5171、第一滤光片5172、第二位移棱镜5173、第一反射片5175、分波器5176、第二滤光片5177、第三位移棱镜5178和第四位移棱镜5179位于容纳腔516内。
第一置物槽5161的第一端口与第一置物槽5161的第二端口在Y轴上不重合。为了调整光信号在Y轴上的位置,以使光信号由第一置物槽5161的第一端口传播至第一置物槽5161的第二端口,在一些实施例中,第一置物槽5161内设置有第一位移棱镜5171。光信号经第一位移棱镜5171的入射面入射至第一位移棱镜5171内,光信号经第一位移棱镜5171的第一反射面反射至第一位移棱镜5171的第二反射面,光信号经第一位移棱镜5171的第二反射面反射至第一位移棱镜5171的出射面,光信号经第一位移棱镜5171的出射面射出。
在一些实施例中,第一滤光片5172设置在第一支撑面5167上,覆盖在第一置物槽5161的第二端口处,光发射部件400输出的信号光传输至第一滤光片5172;第一滤光片5172用于透射光发射部件400输出的光信号并传输至第二位移棱镜5173,第一滤光片5172还用于反射从第二位移棱镜5173输出光信号至第一反射片5175。示例性的,第一滤光片5172的第一面朝向第二位移棱镜5173,第一滤光片5172的第二面贴靠在第一支撑面5167上。
在一些实施例中,第二位移棱镜5173用于调整光信号在收发壳体的Y方向上的位置,以便于能够适应光模块对光纤适配器700装配位置的要求,以及为设置第一反射片5175和第一滤光片5172等提供充足的空间。光信号经第二位移棱镜5173的入射面入射至第二位移棱镜5173内,光信号经第二位移棱镜5173的第一反射面反射至第二位移棱镜5173的第二反射面,光信号经第二位移棱镜5173的第二反射面反射至第二位移棱镜5173的出射面,光信号经第二位移棱镜5173的出射面射出。
对于发射光信号来说,第二位移棱镜5173的入射面指的是第二位移棱镜5173朝向第一滤光片5172的一面,第二位移棱镜5173的出射面指的是第二位移棱镜5173朝向第四透镜5174的一面。对于接收光信号来说,第二位移棱镜5173的入射面指的是第二位移棱镜5173朝向第四透镜5174的一面,第二位移棱镜5173的出射面指的是朝向第一滤光片5172的一面。
在一些实施例中,第二位移棱镜5173位于第一连接孔5111边缘,使通过第一连接孔5111的光信号传输至第二位移棱镜5173以及第二位移棱镜5173输出的光信号传输至第一连接孔5111。示例性的,第二位移棱镜5173的第一侧面贴靠容纳腔本体5163的第一侧壁(即第一收发侧板511的内侧壁),或第二位移棱镜5173的第一侧面密封连接第一连接孔5111。
在一些实施例中,第二位移棱镜5173的第一侧面垂直或近似垂直于第一连接孔5111的中轴,以便于通过第一连接孔5111入射至第二位移棱镜5173的第一侧面的光信号垂直或近似垂直入射传输至第二位移棱镜5173的第一侧面,以及从第二位移棱镜5173的第一侧面输出的光信号能够沿第一连接孔5111的中轴传输至第一连接孔5111。
在一些实施例中,第一反射片5175设置在第二置物槽5162内,第一反射片5175用于反射第一滤光片5172反射的光信号至分波器5176。为便于实现第一反射片5175向分波器5176反射光信号,第一反射片5175倾斜设置在第一容纳腔中,即第一反射片5175的反射面与第二位移棱镜5173的第二侧面不平行且夹角小于90°。
在一些实施例中,第二置物槽5162的一侧壁为第四收发侧板514的内侧壁,第四收发侧板514的内侧壁贴装有第一支撑件5141,第一支撑件5141的第一侧壁平行贴装于第四收发侧板514的内侧壁,第一支撑件5141的第二侧壁垂直于第一支撑件5141的第一侧壁,第一支撑件5141的第三侧壁的两端分别与第一支撑件5141的第一侧壁和第一支撑件5141的第二侧壁连接,第一支撑件5141的第三侧壁为倾斜面,即第一支撑件5141的第三侧壁的一端相对于第一支撑件5141的第三侧壁的另一端靠近第一支撑件5141的第一侧壁。示例地,第一反射片5175贴装于第一支撑件5141的第三侧壁。
在一些实施例中,分波器5176的侧边贴靠在第二支撑面5168上,且分波器5176的侧边接触定位缺口51681,定位缺口51681便于分波器5176的定位装配。
在一些实施例中,分波器5176设置在容纳腔本体5163的底部,分波器5176的入光侧朝向第一反射片5175,分波器5176的分光输出侧朝向第二收发侧板512;分波器5176用于将第一反射片5175反射的光信号按照波长进行分束。示例性的,分波器5176将包括第四波长、第五波长和第六波长的一束光信号按照波长分成三束。
在一些实施例中,第三位移棱镜5178设置在第二容纳腔5165中,分波器5176输出的第四波长光信号传输至第三位移棱镜5178;第四位移棱镜5179设置在第三容纳腔5166内,分波器5176输出的第六波长光信号传输至第四位移棱镜5179。第三位移棱镜5178和第四位移棱镜5179用于调整光信号在收发壳体的X方向上的位置,使经分波器5176分
束后的光信号能够传输至相应的第一光接收组件520、第二光接收组件530和第三光接收组件540。
在一些实施例中,第二容纳腔5165和第三容纳腔5166内设置多个第二滤光片,如第三位移棱镜5178的输出端设置第二滤光片、第四位移棱镜5179的输出端设置第二滤光片,第二滤光片用于光信号输入对应光学容纳部件前的滤波,减少相应波长光信号中的杂波,保证光信号的接收质量。示例性的,第三置物槽5164内设置第二滤光片5177且第二滤光片5177位于第三连接孔5122的端部,第二滤光片5177位于第二光接收组件530的入光前端,第二滤光片5177用于滤除将要入射至第二光接收组件530的光信号中的杂波,提高入射至第二光接收组件530的质量。
如图12所示,光发射部件400输出的发射光信号先经第一位移棱镜5171调整在Y方向上的位置后入射至第一滤光片5172,再经第一滤光片5172入射至第二位移棱镜5173,然后经第二位移棱镜5173调整在Y方向上的位置入射至第四透镜5174,最后经第四透镜5174汇聚。
包括第四波长、第五波长和第六波长的一束接收光信号首先通过第四透镜5174准直后传输至第二位移棱镜5173,其次经第二位移棱镜5173调整在Y方向上的位置后入射至第一滤光片5172,再次经第一滤光片5172反射传输至第一反射片5175,然后经第一反射片5175反射传输至分波器5176,最后接收光信号经分波器5176按照光信号的波长被分束成第四波长光信号、第五波长光信号和第六波长光信号。
光信号经第二位移棱镜5173的第一反射面反射至第二位移棱镜5173的第二反射面,光信号经第二位移棱镜5173的第二反射面反射至第二位移棱镜5173的出射面,光信号经第二位移棱镜5173的出射面射出。
第四波长光信号传输至第三位移棱镜5178的入射面,光信号透过第三位移棱镜5178的入射面入射至第三位移棱镜5178的第一反射面,光信号经第三位移棱镜5178的第一反射面反射至第三位移棱镜5178的第二反射面,光信号经第三位移棱镜5178的第二反射面反射至第三位移棱镜5178的出射面,光信号经第三位移棱镜5178的出射面射出至第一光接收组件520。第五波长光信号透过第二滤光片5177传输至第二光接收组件530。第六波长光信号传输至第四位移棱镜5179的入射面,光信号透过第四位移棱镜5179的入射面入射至第四位移棱镜5179的第一反射面,光信号经第四位移棱镜5179的第一反射面反射至第四位移棱镜5179的第二反射面,光信号经第四位移棱镜5179的第二反射面反射至第四位移棱镜5179的出射面,光信号经第四位移棱镜5179的出射面射出至第三光接收组件540。
第四波长光信号传输至第一光接收组件520,第五波长光信号传输至第二光接收组件530,第六波长光信号传输至第三光接收组件540。当然在一些实施例中,传输至第一光接收组件520的光信号不局限于第四波长光信号,还可能包括其他波长的光信号,但主要是第四波长光信号;传输至第二光接收组件530的光信号不局限于第五波长光信号,还可能包括其他波长的光信号,但主要是第五波长光信号;传输至第三光接收组件540的光信号不局限于第六波长光信号,还可能包括其他波长的光信号,但主要是第六波长光信号。
在一些实施例中,第四波长光信号的波长小于第五波长光信号的波长,第五波长光信号的波长小于第六波长光信号的波长。示例性的,第一光接收组件520接收的第四波长光信号的波长范围为1260-1280nm,如第四波长光信号的波长为1270nm;第二光接收组件530接收的第五波长光信号的波长范围为1284-1288nm,如第五波长光信号的波长为1286nm;第三光接收组件540接收的第六波长光信号的波长范围为1290-1330nm,如第六波长光信号的波长为1310nm。
第一光接收组件520、第二光接收组件530和第三光接收组件540中分别包括光电探测器,光电探测器用于接收光信号并转换为电信号。在一些实施例中,第二光接收组件530中光电探测器的接收速率大于第一光接收组件520中光电探测器的接收速率,且第二光接收组件530中光电探测器的接收速率大于第三光接收组件540中光电探测器的接收速率,使传输速率最大的第五波长光信号自分波器5176输出后到光电探测器的传输光程相对最短、光路最简单,以便于第二光接收组件530中光电探测器能够高耦合效率的接收光信号。示例性的,第一光接收组件520中光电探测器的接收速率为10G,第二光接收组件530中光电探测器的接收速率为50G,第三光接收组件540中光电探测器的接收速率为2.5G。
在一些实施例中,光发射部件400的一端与第二子收发侧板5134连接,光发射部件400的一侧边贴近第一子收发侧板5133,以使光发射部件400位于收发壳体的避让缺角处,进而使光发射部件400与光接收部件500的装配更加紧凑,有效减少光发射部件400和光接收部件500的整体尺寸。
图37为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光发射部件的结构示意图,图37展示出了一种第二壳体410内器件的设置状态及第二壳体410内光信号的传输光路。在一些实施例中,第一壳体410内设置有第一激光组件440、第二激光组件450和第三激光组件460。第一激光组件440、第二激光组件450和第三激光组件460并排设置第二壳体410内,第一激光组件440位于第三激光组件460的一侧,第二激光组件450位于第三激光组件460的另一侧。第一激光组件440产生第一波长光信号,第二激光组件450产生第二波长光信号,第三激光组件460产生第三波长光信号。
在一些实施例中,第二壳体410可设置波分复用器401,波分复用器401位于第一激光组件440、第二激光组件450和第三激光组件460出光光路上,用于波分复用第一波长光信号、第二波长光信号和第三波长光信号,使第一波长光信号、第二波长光信号和第三波长光信号延相同的光路从第二壳体410输出。
在一些实施例中,第一激光组件440到波分复用器401之间设置第二透镜4181,第二透镜4181准直第一波长光信号。
在一些实施例中,第二激光组件450到波分复用器401之间设置第三透镜4182,第三透镜418准直第二波长光信号。
在一些实施例中,第三激光组件460到波分复用器401之间设置第四透镜4183,第四透镜4183准直第三波长光信号。
图38为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光发射部件的结构示意图,图39为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光发射部件的分解示意图。在一些实施例中,如图38和图39所示,光发射部件400包括第二壳体410和第二上盖420,第二上盖420盖合连接第二壳体410形成第二腔体。第二壳体410包括底板411、第一侧壁412、第二侧壁413、第三侧壁414和第四侧壁415。第一侧壁412、第二侧壁413、第三侧壁414和第四侧壁415依次连接且底部分别连接底板411形成第二内腔,第一侧壁412、第二侧壁413、第三侧壁414和第四侧壁415的顶部支撑连接第二上盖420;底板411用于支撑器件。第二壳体410可为金属材料一体成型的壳体。
在一些实施例中,第一侧壁412位于第二壳体410的一端,第一侧壁412上设置第一连接孔4121,第一连接孔4121连通第二内腔,第一连接孔4121用作第二腔体的出光口。第一连接孔4121连接第一壳体510,使第二壳体410通过第一连接孔4121连通第一壳体510的内腔。示例性的,第一侧壁412的外侧设置凸台4122,第一连接孔4121的一端贯穿凸台4122,连接座5101的端部嵌设连接凸台4122。
在一些实施例中,第三侧壁414和第四侧壁415上分别设置两排引脚,每排引脚中包括多个引脚430。为便于描述第三侧壁414和第四侧壁415上靠近底板411的那排引脚为第三侧壁414和第四侧壁415上的底排引脚;第三侧壁414上的引脚430和第四侧壁415的引脚430分别通过相应的柔性电路板电连接电路板300。
在一些实施例中,第一激光组件440位于第二侧壁413和第三侧壁414的侧边;第二激光组件450和第三激光组件460位于第四侧壁415侧边,且第三激光组件460位于第二激光组件450远离第三侧壁414的一侧,第三激光组件460位于第一侧壁412的侧边,使第一激光组件440、第二激光组件450和第三激光组件460分布于第二壳体410上两个相连接侧壁的侧边,进而使第一激光组件440、第二激光组件450和第三激光组件460呈三角分布状态,而非设置成一排,以用于缩小光发射部件400的封装体积。示例性的,第一激光组件440产生第一波长光信号,第二激光组件450产生第
二波长光信号,第三激光组件460产生第三波长光信号。
在一些实施例中,第三侧壁414沿第二壳体410的宽度方向设置,第四侧壁沿第二壳体410的长度方向设置,使第二壳体410内的宽度方向设置第一激光组件440,以减少第二壳体410宽度方向的尺寸。第二壳体410内的长度方向设置第二激光组件450和第三激光组件460,配合第二壳体410内的宽度方向设置第一激光组件440,使第二壳体410内能够设置足够的激光组件,又能减少第二壳体410的整体尺寸,进而减少光发射部件400的尺寸。
在一些实施例中,第一激光组件440、第二激光组件450和第三激光组件460具有不同的传输速率。示例性的,第一激光组件440的传输速率大于第二激光组件450的传输率,第二激光组件450的传输速率大于第三激光组件460的传输速率。如,第一激光组件440的传输速率为50G,第二激光组件450的传输速率为10G,第三激光组件460的传输速率为2.5G,等。
第二壳体410内出光口的侧边还设置第一滤光片416和第二滤光片417,第一滤光片416和第二滤光片417设置在第一连接孔4121的侧边,且位于第一激光组件440、第二激光组件450和第三激光组件460的输出光路上,第一滤光片416和第二滤光片417并排设置。第一滤光片416和第二滤光片417用于改变第一波长光信号、第二波长光信号和第三波长光信号的传输光路,使第一波长光信号、第二波长光信号和第三波长光信号能够通过第一连接孔4121。示例性的,第二滤光片417和第一滤光片416透射第一波长光信号,第二滤光片417反射第二波长光信号,第一滤光片416透射第二波长光信号,第一滤光片416反射第三波长光信号。
在一些实施例中,第一滤光片416和第二滤光片417设置在第一侧壁412和第二侧壁413连接处的侧边,使第一滤光片416、第二滤光片417和第一激光组件440设置紧凑,便于控制第二壳体410的长度方向的尺寸。
在一些实施例中,第一滤光片416设置在第一激光组件440的输出光路和第三激光组件460的输出光路交界处,第二滤光片417设置在第一激光组件440的输出光路和第二激光组件450的输出光路交界处。第一激光组件440位于第二滤光片417的透射侧,第二激光组件450位于第二滤光片417的反射侧,第三激光组件460位于第一滤光片416的反射侧。示例性的,第一滤光片416包括第一光学面和第二光学面,第一光学面和第二光学面为第一滤光片416的主要光学面;第二滤光片417包括第三光学面和第四光学面,第三光学面和第四光学面为第二滤光片417的主要光学面。第一光学面朝向第三激光组件460,第二光学面朝向第二滤光片417,第三光学面朝向第二激光组件450,第四光学面朝向第一激光组件440。
在一些实施例中,第二壳体410内还设置安装支架470,安装支架470设置在第一连接孔4121的侧边并固定在第二壳体410内,安装支架470支撑连接第一滤光片416和第二滤光片417。第一滤光片416和第二滤光片417通过安装支架470固定在第二壳体410内,方便将第一滤光片416和第二滤光片417固定在第二壳体410内。
在一些实施例中,第二壳体410内还设置透镜418,透镜418设置在第一激光组件440、第二激光组件450和第三激光组件460到第一滤光片416或第二滤光片417的光路上。示例性的,在第一激光组件440到第二滤光片417的传输光路上设置第二透镜4181,第二透镜4181准直第一波长光信号;在第二激光组件450到第二滤光片417的传输光路上设置第三透镜4182,第三透镜4182准直第二波长光信号;在第三激光组件460到第一滤光片416的传输光路上设置第四透镜4183,第四透镜4183准直第三波长光信号。
图40为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光发射部件的局部结构示意图一,图41为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光发射部件的局部结构示意图二,图42为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光发射部件的局部结构示意图三,图43为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光发射部件的剖视图一,图44为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光发射部件的剖视图二,图45为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光发射部件的剖视图三;图40-图45展示出了本公开实施例中的光发射部件的内部结构。
在一些实施例中,第一激光组件440包括第一基板441和第一激光器芯片442,第一激光器芯片442贴装设置在第一基板441上,第一激光器芯片442集成有电吸收调制激光器和半导体光放大器。第一基板441上设置地层4410、第一高频焊盘4411、第一LD焊盘4412和第一SOA焊盘4413;第一激光器芯片442贴装设置在地层4410上,第一高频焊盘4411、第一LD焊盘4412和第一SOA焊盘4413位于第一激光器芯片442的侧边,第一高频焊盘4411、第一LD焊盘4412和第一SOA焊盘4413分别打线连接第一激光器芯片442。第三侧壁414上设置第一高频引脚4301、第一SOA引脚4302和第一LD引脚4303,第一高频引脚4301、第一SOA引脚4302和第一LD引脚4303嵌设在第三侧壁414上且端部分别伸入到第二壳体410的内腔,第一高频引脚4301、第一SOA引脚4302和第一LD引脚4303分别通过绝缘层与第三侧壁414绝缘,第一高频引脚4301位于第三侧壁414上底排的引脚中。第一高频引脚4301电连接第一高频焊盘4411,第一SOA引脚4302电连接第一SOA焊盘4413,第一LD引脚4303电连接第一LD焊盘4412。在一些实施例中,第一高频引脚4301的一端打线连接第一高频焊盘4411,第一SOA引脚4302的一端打线连接第一SOA焊盘4413,第一LD引脚4303的一端打线连接第一LD焊盘4412。
在一些实施例中,第一高频引脚4301在第三侧壁414上的高度位置低于第一SOA引脚4302和第一LD引脚4303在第三侧壁414的高度位置,即第一高频引脚4301更靠近底板411。第三侧壁414上还设置第一接地引脚4304,第一接地引脚4304位于第一高频引脚4301的侧边且第一接地引脚4304电连接第三侧壁414。
在一些实施例中,第二壳体410内还设置第一转接板481,第一转接板481上设置电路图案,以通过第一转接板481实现第一高频引脚4301与第一激光组件440之间的电连接,且第一转接板481还能用于阻抗匹配第一激光器芯片442,以保证高频传输链路的阻抗连续性。
在一些实施例中,第一转接板481的正面设置第一高频传输线4811,第一高频传输线4811的一侧设置第一地层4812,第一高频传输线4811的另一侧设置第二地层4813。第一高频传输线4811的一端电连接第一高频焊盘4411,第一高频传输线4811的另一端电连接第一高频引脚4301。示例性的,第一高频传输线4811的一端打线连接第一高频焊盘4411,第一高频传输线4811的另一端锡焊连接第一高频引脚4301;地层4110打线连接第一地层4812和第二地层4813。
在一些实施例中,第一转接板481的背面设置地层,第一地层4812和第二地层4813上分别设置过孔,第一地层4812和第二地层4813分别通过过孔连接第一转接板481背面的地层。
在一些实施例中,第二激光组件450包括第二基板451和第二激光器芯片452,第二激光器芯片452贴装设置在第二基板451上,第二激光器芯片452集成有电吸收调制激光器和半导体光放大器。第二基板451上设置地层4510、第二高频焊盘4511、第二LD焊盘4512和第二SOA焊盘4513,第二高频焊盘4511、第二LD焊盘4512和第二SOA焊盘4513位于第二激光器芯片452的侧边;第二激光器芯片452贴装设置在地层4510上,第二高频焊盘4511、第二LD焊盘4512和第二SOA焊盘4513分别打线连接第二激光器芯片452。
引脚430中还包括第二高频引脚4305、第二SOA引脚4306和第二LD引脚4307,第二高频引脚4305位于第三侧壁414上底排的引脚中。第二高频引脚4305电连接第二高频焊盘4511,第二SOA引脚4306电连接第二SOA焊盘4513,第二LD引脚4307电连接第二LD焊盘4512。
在一些实施例中,第二壳体410内还设置第二转接板482,第二转接板482上设置电路板图案。第二转接板482用于实现第二高频引脚4305与第二激光组件450之间的电连接,且第二转接板482还能用于阻抗匹配第二激光器芯片452,以保证高频传输链路的阻抗连续性。
在一些实施例中,第二高频引脚4305嵌设连接第三侧壁414,第二高频引脚4305通过绝缘层与第三侧壁414绝缘,第二转接板482设置在第三侧壁414的侧边;第二SOA引脚4306和第二LD引脚4307嵌设连接在第四侧壁415且分别通过绝缘层与第四侧壁415绝缘;第二SOA引脚4306打线连接第二SOA焊盘4513,第二LD引脚4307打线连接第二LD焊盘4512。第三侧壁414上还设置第二接地引脚4308,第二接地引脚4308位于第二高频引脚4305的侧边,第二接地引脚4308电连接第三侧壁414。示例性的,第二接地引脚4308位于第二高频引脚4305靠近第一高频引脚4301的一侧。第二转接板482与第一转接板481位于第二壳体410相同的侧壁侧边,方便第二转接板482装配,以及便于提升第二壳体410内器件的装配密度,进而有助于减少第二壳体410的尺寸。在一些实施例中,第二转接板482的正面设置第二高频传输线4821,第二高频传输线4821的一侧设置第三地层4822,第二高频传输线4821的另一侧设置第四地层4823。第二高频传输线4821的一端用于电连接第二高频焊盘4511,第二高频传输线4821的另一端用于电连接第二高频引脚4305。示例性的,第二高频传输线4821的一端打线连接第二高频焊盘4511,第二高频传输线4821的另一端锡焊连接第二高频引脚4305;地层4510电连接第三地层4822和第四地层4823。
在一些实施例中,第二转接板482的背面设置地层,第三地层4822和第四地层4823上分别设置过孔,第三地层4822和第四地层4823分别通过过孔连接第二转接板482背面的地层。在一些实施例中,第二壳体410内还设置第三转接板483,第三转接板483上设置电路图案,第三转接板483设置在第二激光组件450和第二转接板482之间,第三转接板483侧侧边靠近第一激光组件440。第三转接板483用于实现第二激光组件450和第二转接板482之间的电连接,且第三转接板483还能用于阻抗匹配第二激光器芯片452,以保证高频传输链路的阻抗连续性。第三转接板483有助于减少第二激光组件450和第二转接板482之间打线长度,以减少寄生电感,保证高频信号传输质量。在一些实施例中,第三转接板483的正面设置第三高频传输线4831,第三高频传输线4831的一侧设置第五地层4832,第三高频传输线4831的另一侧设置第六地层4833。第三高频传输线4831的一端用于电连接第二高频焊盘4511,第三高频传输线4831的另一端用于电连接第二高频传输线4821。示例性的,第二高频传输线4821的一端打线连接第二高频焊盘4511,第三高频传输线4831的另一端打线连接第二高频传输线4821的一端;第五地层4832打线连接第三地层4822,第六地层4833打线连接第四地层4823,且第五地层4832和第六地层4833分别打线连接地层4510。
在一些实施例中,第三转接板483的正面还设置第三LD焊盘4834和第三SOA焊盘4835,第三LD焊盘4834和第三SOA焊盘4835靠近第一激光组件440。第一LD焊盘4412和第一LD引脚4303分别电连接第三LD焊盘4834,第一SOA焊盘4413和第一SOA引脚4302分别电连接第三SOA焊盘4835,以通过第三转接板483电连接第一激光组件440、第一LD引脚4303和第一SOA引脚4302,便于控制打线弧高,进而方便打线。在一些实施例中,第三LD焊盘4834和第三SOA焊盘4835上分别贴装电容,第一LD焊盘4412和第一LD引脚4303分别第三LD焊盘4834上设置的电容,第一SOA焊盘4413和第一SOA引脚4302分别打线连接第三SOA焊盘4835上设置的电容。第三转接板483设置在第三侧壁414和第四侧壁415连接处的侧边,使第三转接板483既能服务于第一激光组件440,又能服务于第二激光组件450,便于协调使用第二壳体410内的空间。
在一些实施例中,第三激光组件460包括第三基板461和第三激光器芯片462,第三基板上设置负极焊盘4611和正极焊盘4612,第三激光器芯片462贴装设置在负极焊盘4611上,第三激光器芯片462打线连接正极焊盘4612。引脚430还包括第三LD引脚4309和第四LD引脚4310,第三LD引脚4309打线连接正极焊盘4612,第四LD引脚4310打线连接负极焊盘4611。示例性的,第三LD引脚4309和第四LD引脚4310嵌设设置在第四侧壁415上,端部分别伸入到第二壳体410的内腔且分别通过绝缘层与第四侧壁415绝缘。
在一些实施例中,第三激光组件460还包括背光探测器463,背光探测器463设置在第三基板461上且位于第三激光器芯片462的背光侧。背光探测器463用于接收第三激光器芯片462的背光,以进行第三波长光信号监测。引脚430还包括MPD引脚4311,MPD引脚4311打线连接背光探测器463。示例性的,MPD引脚4311嵌设设置在第四侧壁415上,MPD引脚4311的端部伸入到第二壳体410的内腔,MPD引脚4311通过绝缘层与第四侧壁415绝缘。
在一些实施例中,第二壳体410内还设置半导体致冷器(Thermo Electric Cooler,TEC)490,TEC490的底部连接底板411,TEC490的顶部支撑第一激光组件440、第二激光组件450和第三激光组件460等。TEC490的侧边包括第一TEC焊盘491和第二TEC焊盘492,第一TEC焊盘491和第二TEC焊盘492位于第二侧壁413的侧边。引脚430还包括第一TEC引脚4312和第二TEC引脚4313,第一TEC引脚4312电连接第一TEC焊盘491,第二TEC引脚4313电连接第二TEC焊盘492。示例性的,第一TEC引脚4312和第二TEC引脚4313嵌设在第三侧壁414上,端部分别伸入到第二壳体410的内腔且分别通过绝缘层与第三侧壁414绝缘。
在一些实施例中,第二壳体410内还设置支撑板419,支撑板419设置在TEC490的顶部。支撑板419的底部连接TEC490的顶部,支撑板419的顶部支撑连接第一激光组件440、第二激光组件450和第三激光组件460等。在一些实施例中,支撑板419电连接第三转接板483正面的地层。
在一些实施例中,第二壳体410内还设置第四转接板484,第四转接板484设置支撑板419上,第四转接板484上设置电路图案,第四转接板484用于连接TEC焊盘和TEC引脚。示例性的,第四转接板484包括第四基板4841,第四基板4841上设置第一金属层4842和第二金属层4843,第一金属层4842和第二金属层4843分别沿第四基板4841的长度方向延伸。第四转接板484设置在第二侧壁413的侧边且位于第一激光组件440的侧边;第一金属层4842的一端打线连接第一TEC焊盘491,第一金属层4842的另一端打线连接第一TEC引脚4312;第二金属层4843的一端打线连接第二TEC焊盘492,第二金属层4843的另一端打线连接第二TEC引脚4313。
在一些实施例中,第三转接板483上还设置温度传感器4836;示例性的,温度传感器4836为热敏电阻。引脚430还包括RTH引脚4314,RTH引脚4314嵌设在第三侧壁414上,RTH引脚4314的一端伸入到第二壳体410的内腔,RTH引脚4314通过绝缘层与第三侧壁414绝缘;RTH引脚4314的一端电连接温度传感器4836。
在一些实施例中,第三转接板483上还设置转接焊盘4837,转接焊盘4837设置在温度传感器4836的侧边,转接焊盘4837分别打线连接温度传感器4836和RTH引脚4314。转接焊盘4837实现了温度传感器4836和RTH引脚4314的转接,以减少温度传感器4836直接打线连接RTH引脚4314将热量通过打线传输至RTH引脚4314,造成温度传感器4836检测第二腔体内温度不准确。
在一些实施例中,第三侧壁414的内侧包括第一侧面4141、第二侧面4142、第一台阶面4143和第二台阶面4144。第一侧面4141连接第一台阶面4143,第二台阶面4144的一端连接第一侧面4141,第二台阶面4144的另一端连接第二侧面4142,第一台阶面4143较第二台阶面4144更靠近底板411,即第一台阶面4143在第二壳体410中高度位置低于第二台阶面4144在第二壳体410中高度位置。
第一台阶面4143支撑连接第一转接板481和第二转接板482,第一高频引脚4301的一端和第二高频引脚4305的一端分别穿过第一侧面4141,第一高频引脚4301的一端延伸至第一转接板481的上方,第二高频引脚4305的一端延伸至第二转接板482。RTH引脚4314的一端穿过第一侧面4141,第一SOA引脚4302的一端、第一LD引脚4303的一端、第一TEC引脚4312的一端和第二TEC引脚4313的一端分别穿过第二侧面4142。第二接地引脚4308位于第一高频引脚4301和第二高频引脚4305之间,第一接地引脚4304位于第一高频引脚4301远离第二高频引脚4305的一侧。
在一些实施例中,穿过第一侧面4141的引脚形成第一排引脚430a,穿过第二侧面4142的引脚形成第二排引脚430b,
即设置在第三侧壁414上的引脚分成两排设置。第一排引脚430a中的引脚与第二排引脚430b中的引脚错开设置,方便引脚打线和适配柔性电路板,以及减少引脚固定用的绝缘层形变产生漏气的风险。
在一些实施例中,MPD引脚4311和第二SOA引脚4306位于一排,第二LD引脚4307、第三LD4309引脚和第四LD引脚4310位于一排。
在一些实施例中,第一连接孔4121为台阶状通孔,从凸台4122的一侧向第二壳体410内侧逐渐变小。凸台4122处的第一连接孔4121内设置密封窗4123,密封窗4123密封第一连接孔4121。
图46为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光发射信号的传输光路图,图46中示出了中光发射信号的传输光路。如图28所示,第一激光组件440产生的第一波长光信号传输至第二透镜4181,经第二透镜4181准直后传输至第二滤光片417,透过第二滤光片417传输至第一滤光片416,透过第一滤光片416传输至第一连接孔4121;第二激光组件450产生的第二波长光信号传输至第三透镜4182,经第三透镜4182准直后传输至第二滤光片417,经第二滤光片417反射传输至第一滤光片416,透过第一滤光片416传输至第一连接孔4121;第三激光组件460产生的第三波长光信号传输至第四透镜4183,经第四透镜4183准直后传输至第一滤光片416,经第一滤光片416反射传输至第一连接孔4121。第一滤光片416和第二滤光片417使第一波长光信号、第二波长光信号和第三波长光信号使在输出第二壳体410时共光路。
图47为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光收发部件与光纤适配器在另一视角下的装配图。图48为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种光发射部件的结构图。图47所示,在一些实施例中,光发射部件400可以包括第二腔体。第二腔体可以与光接收部件500连接,以使光发射部件400发出的发射光信号可以入射至光接收部件500。
如图47和图48所示,在一些实施例中,第二腔体可以包括第二壳体410。
如图47和图48所示,在一些实施例中,第二腔体可以包括第二盖板415。第二盖板415可以盖合于第二壳体410,以形成第二腔体。第二腔体内可以设置第二光组件430。第二光组件430可以发射至少一路光信号。示例地,第二光组件430可以发射第一波长光信号、第二波长光信号和第三波长光信号。
装配过程中,先将第二光组件430固定于第二壳体410内,再将第二盖板415盖合于第二壳体410上,以形成第二腔体。
图47所示,第一壳体510和第二壳体410的开口朝向相反。示例地,第一壳体510的开口朝向上壳体201,第二壳体410的开口朝向下壳体202。
在一些实施例中,第一壳体510和第二壳体410的开口朝向相同。示例地,第一壳体510和第二壳体410的开口均朝向上壳体201。
图49为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种第二壳体与电连接件的分解图。如图48和图49所示,在一些实施例中,第二壳体410具有缺口417。电连接件420可以置于缺口417处,以使电连接件420的一端可以与第二光组件430连接,进而使得电连接件420与第二光组件430实现电信号传输。电连接件420的另一端可以与电路板300连接,以使电路板300与电连接件420实现电信号传输。
第二壳体410的侧壁的中间部分形成有缺口417,缺口417未越出第二壳体410的侧壁的顶面和侧壁的底面,以使缺口417不与第二壳体410的开口相连通。
在一些实施例中,缺口417未越出第二壳体410的侧壁的底面,缺口417越出第二壳体410的侧壁的顶面,以使缺口417与第二壳体410的开口相连通。
在一些实施例中,第二壳体410可以包括底板416。底板416可以用于支撑第二光组件430。
在一些实施例中,第二壳体410可以包括第一侧壁411。第一侧壁411的底部可以与底板416连接。第一侧壁411可以与光接收部件500连接。第一侧壁411可以具有第六连接孔4111。第六连接孔4111可以贯穿第一侧壁411。第六连接孔4111可以与第二腔体的内腔相连通,进而使得光发射部件400发出的发射光信号可以通过第六连接孔4111传输至光接收部件500。
在一些实施例中,第二壳体410可以包括第二侧壁412。第二侧壁412的底部可以与底板416连接。第二侧壁412的一端可以与第一侧壁411的一端连接。
在一些实施例中,第二壳体410可以包括第三侧壁413。第三侧壁413的底部可以与底板连接。第三侧壁413的一端可以与第二侧壁412的另一端连接。第三侧壁413与第一侧壁411相对设置。
在一些实施例中,第二壳体410可以包括第四侧壁414。第四侧壁414的底部可以与底板连接。第四侧壁414的一端可以与第三侧壁413的另一端连接。第四侧壁414的另一端可以与第一侧壁411的另一端连接。第四侧壁414可以与第二侧壁412相对设置。
第一侧壁411、第二侧壁412、第三侧壁413和第四侧壁414依次连接,并分别与底板416连接,以形成具有开口的第二壳体410。
图50为根据本公开一些实施例提供的一种第二光组件的光路图。图51为根据本公开一些实施例提供的另一种第二光组件的光路图。如图50和图51所示,在一些实施例中,第二光组件430可以包括激光芯片组431。激光芯片组431可以与电连接件420连接,以使激光芯片组431根据电连接件420提供的电信号发出发射光信号。
在一些实施例中,激光芯片组431可以包括第一激光芯片4311。第一激光芯片4311与电连接件420连接,以使第一激光芯片4311根据电连接件420提供的电信号发出第一波长光信号。
由于第一波长光信号相对于第二波长光信号和第三波长光信号对应的出射光功率较大,因此,第一激光芯片4311可以包括分布式反馈激光器(Distributed Feedback Laser,DFB)、电吸收调制器(Electro-Absorption Modulator,EAM)和半导体放大器(Semiconductor Optical Amplifier,SOA),DFB发出第一波长光,EAM调制第一波长光得到第一波长光信号,SOA放大第一波长光信号,以使第一波长光信号的出射光功率满足需求。
SOA的存在,导致第一激光芯片4311倾斜设置。第一激光芯片4311倾斜设置,但第一激光芯片4311输出的第一波长光信号的方向与第二壳体410的长度方向平行,以减少光信号在第一激光芯片4311的出射口的端面反射,有效减少反射回的光信号进入第一激光芯片4311干扰第一激光芯片4311发光。
在一些实施例中,激光芯片组431可以包括第二激光芯片4312。第二激光芯片4312与电连接件420连接,以使第二激光芯片4312根据电连接件420提供的电信号发出第二波长光信号。
第二波长光信号的波长为1480-1500nm,第二波长光信号的波长处于光纤的低色散区,啁啾引起的色散对信号的影响较小,DFB的啁啾效应不会显著影响信号质量。因此,第二激光芯片4312为直调激光器(Directly Modulated Laser,DML)。DML也称为DFB。电路板300通过电连接件420提供驱动信号,以使DFB发出第二波长光信号。
在一些实施例中,激光芯片组431可以包括第三激光芯片4313。第三激光芯片4313与电连接件420连接,以使第三激光芯片4313根据电连接件420提供的电信号发出第三波长光信号。
第三波长光信号的波长为1575-1580nm,第三波长光信号的波长处于光纤的高色散区,啁啾引起的色散对信号的影响较大。使用外调激光器(External Modulated Laser,EML)可以减少啁啾效应,从而减小色散对信号的影响,保证高质量的信号传输。因此,第三激光芯片4313为EML。EML包括DFB和EAM。电路板300通过电连接件420提供第一驱动信号和第二驱动信号,第一驱动信号使得DFB发出第三波长光,第二驱动信号使得EAM调制输出第三波长光信号。
在一些实施例中,第二光组件430可以包括透镜组件432。透镜组件432可以包括第二透镜4321。第二透镜4321可以位于第一激光芯片4311的出射光路上,以使第二透镜4321准直第一激光芯片4311发出的第一波长光信号。
在一些实施例中,透镜组件432可以包括第三透镜4322。第三透镜4322可以位于第二激光芯片4312的出射光路上,以使第三透镜4322准直第二激光芯片4312发出的第二波长光信号。
在一些实施例中,透镜组件432可以包括第四透镜4323。第四透镜4323可以位于第三激光芯片4313的出射光路上,以使第四透镜4323准直第三激光芯片4313发出的第三波长光信号。
在一些实施例中,第二光组件430可以包括合波组件433。合波组件433可以包括波分复用器。波分复用器的入口侧朝向激光芯片组431,波分复用器的出口侧朝向第六连接孔4111,波分复用器将激光芯片组431发射的第一波长光信号、第二波长光信号和第三波长光信号合为一束发射光信号后射出。
在一些实施例中,合波组件433可以包括偏振组件和偏振合波组件,偏振组件用于调整光信号的偏振方向,偏振合波组件将多束偏振光合为一束。通过偏振组件调整光信号的偏振方向,再通过偏振合波组件将多个偏振光合束为一束,以使光发射部件实现合波。
在一些实施例中,合波组件433可以包括多个滤光片,多个滤光片相互配合,以使第一波长光信号、第二波长光信号和第三波长光信号合为一束发射光信号。
如图50和图51所示,合波组件433可以包括第四滤光片4331。第四滤光片4331可以包括入射面和出射面,入射面和出射面均位于第二透镜4321的准直光路上,即位于第二透镜4321与第六连接孔4111之间,以使第一波长光信号可以经入射面入射至第四滤光片4331,并经第四滤光片4331的出射面透射出去。
合波组件433可以包括第五滤光片4332。第五滤光片4332可以包括入射面、滤光面和出射面,入射面和滤光面均位于第三透镜4322的准直光路上,出射面位于滤光面的反射光路上,以使第二波长光信号可以经入射面入射至第五滤光片4332,在第五滤光片4332的滤光面反射,最后在出射面射出。
第五滤光片4332的出射面与第四滤光片4331的出射面相连接,以使第二波长光信号经第五滤光片4332的出射面射出后,经第四滤光片4331的出射面反射出去。
合波组件433可以包括第六滤光片4333。第六滤光片4333可以包括入射面、滤光面和出射面,入射面和滤光面均位于第四透镜4323的准直光路上,出射面位于滤光面的反射光路上,以使第三波长光信号可以经入射面入射至第六滤光片4333,在第六滤光片4333的滤光面反射,最后在出射面射出。
第六滤光片4333的出射面与第五滤光片4332的滤光面相连接,以使第三波长光信号经第六滤光片4333的出射面射出后,经第五滤光片4332的滤光面透射后从第五滤光片4332的出射面射出,最后经第四滤光片4331的出射面反射出去。
第六滤光片4333的出射面与第五滤光片4332的滤光面相连接,第五滤光片4332的出射面与第四滤光片4331的出射面相连接,以增加合波组件433的稳定性。
为了阻止入射至光接收部件500的发射光信号返回至激光芯片组431,在一些实施例中,光发射部件400内没有设置隔离器,如图18所示。示例地,隔离器518设置于光接收部件500内,隔离器518可以阻止入射至光接收部件500的一束发射光信号返回至光发射部件400,如图14所示。
如图51所示,在一些实施例中,第二光组件430可以包括隔离器组434。隔离器组434可以包括第一隔离器4341。第一隔离器4341可以位于第二透镜4321与第四滤光片4331之间,以阻止第一波长光信号经第一隔离器4341返回至第一激光芯片4311。
在一些实施例中,隔离器组434可以包括第二隔离器4342。第二隔离器4342可以位于第三透镜4322与第五滤光片4332之间,以阻止第二波长光信号经第二隔离器4342返回至第二激光芯片4312。
在一些实施例中,隔离器组434可以包括第三隔离器4343。第三隔离器4343可以位于第四透镜4323与第六滤光片4333之间,以阻止第三波长光信号经第三隔离器4343返回至第三激光芯片4313。
隔离器包括第一偏振片、法拉第片和第二偏振片,法拉第片沿同一个方向旋转,透过第一偏振片的偏振光经法拉第旋转后,无法再返回至第一偏振片,以使第一偏振片、法拉第片和第二偏振片组成的隔离器具有反向隔离的作用。
图52为根据本公开一些实施例提供的光发射部件的分解图。图53为根据本公开一些实施例提供的第二光组件与发射壳体的分解图。图54为根据本公开一些实施例提供的发射壳体的结构图。如图52、图53和图54所示,光发射部件400包括发射盖板401和发射壳体402,发射盖板401盖合于发射壳体402上,以形成发射腔体。发射腔体内设置有第一光组件403,第一光组件403用于发射光信号。
在一些实施例中,发射壳体402的第一端设置有第三通孔4211,第三通孔4211内放置有光窗,光窗用于透过发射光信号以及密封通光孔。光窗嵌设在第三通孔4211中,以密封第三通孔4211;光窗可为透明玻璃。光窗用于相对密封第三通孔4211,既能使发射光信号通过,又能密封第三通孔4211,以保证发射壳体402的密封性能。在一些实施例中,光窗还可以嵌设连接第四通孔51321。
在一些实施例中,发射壳体402的第二端设置有缺口,缺口贯穿发射壳体402的第二端。第一电路板301的一端嵌设在缺口中,即第一电路板301的一端穿过缺口、伸入发射壳体402的内腔。
在一些实施例中,发射壳体402的内腔中设置有第一光组件403,第一光组件403包括激光组件431,激光组件431靠近第一电路板301的一端,以方便实现激光组件431电连接第一电路板301。激光组件431用于发射多路不同波长的光信号。示例性的,激光组件431打线连接第一电路板301。
在一些实施例中,发射壳体402的第二端设置有插孔4234,插孔4234贯穿发射壳体402的第二端,发射管脚405的第一端与第二电路板302连接,发射管脚405的第二端穿过插孔4234,伸入发射壳体402的内腔。
在一些实施例中,发射壳体402的内腔中设置有第一光组件403,第一光组件403包括激光组件431,激光组件431靠近发射管脚405的一端,以方便实现激光组件431电连接发射管脚405。激光组件431用于发射多路不同波长的光信号。示例性的,激光组件431打线连接发射管脚405。
在一些实施例中,第一光组件403还包括透镜组件432,透镜组件432设置在激光组件431到合波组件的光路上,用于准直激光组件431产生的光信号并传输至合波组件上。
在一些实施例中,第一光组件403还包括合波组件,合波组件用于将激光组件431发射的多路不同波长的光信号合束为一路发射光信号。
如图52、图53和图54所示,在一些实施例中,发射壳体402的第二端设置有多个插孔4234,多个插孔4234包括第一插孔和第二插孔,第一插孔更靠近收发壳体402的底部,第一插孔用于插入第一发射管脚,第二插孔用于插入第二发射管脚,以减少第一发射管脚和第二发射管脚之间的信号串扰。其中,第一发射管脚为与速率有关的发射管脚405,第二发射管脚为与速率无关的发射管脚405。
如图52和图53所示,在一些实施例中,发射壳体402的第二端还设置有第一焊盘406,第一焊盘406的一端与位于第一插孔上的第一发射管脚焊接,第一焊盘406的另一端与激光组件431所在的焊盘打线连接。
在一些实施例中,第一光组件403通过基板404固定于发射腔体内,激光组件431所在的焊盘与第一焊盘406打线
连接,以使激光组件431所在的焊盘与第一焊盘406的高度平齐,进而缩短激光组件431所在的焊盘与第一焊盘406的打线长度。
在一些实施例中,发射壳体402具有一开口。示例地,发射壳体402包括第一发射侧板421、第二发射侧板422、第三发射侧板423、第四发射侧板424和发射底板425,第一发射侧板421、第二发射侧板422、第三发射侧板423和第四发射侧板424首尾连接,第一发射侧板421、第二发射侧板422、第三发射侧板423和第四发射侧板424均与发射底板425连接,以围成具有开口的发射腔体。
第一发射侧板421具有第三通孔4211。
第三发射侧板423包括第一子发射侧板4231、第二子发射侧板4232和第三子发射侧板4233,第一子发射侧板4231与发射底板425连接,第一子发射侧板4231、第二子发射侧板4232和第三子发射侧板4233与发射底板425的距离依次增大,第一子发射侧板4231、第二子发射侧板4232和第三子发射侧板4233依次连接,以使第三发射侧板423呈阶梯状。
第一子发射侧板4231朝向发射壳体402的开口的一面上设置有第一焊盘406。第二子发射侧板4232朝向激光组件431的一面设置有第一插孔,第一插孔贯穿第二子发射侧板4232,以便于第一发射管脚由发射壳体402插入到发射壳体402内。第三子发射侧板4233朝向激光组件431的一面设置有第二插孔,第二插孔贯穿第三子发射侧板4233,以便于第二发射管脚由发射壳体402插入到发射壳体402内。
第一插孔贯穿第二子发射侧板4232,第二插孔贯穿第三子发射侧板4233,第二子发射侧板4232和第三子发射侧板4233呈阶梯状,以通过延长第一插孔与第二插孔在发射壳体402的长度方向上的距离,减少第一插孔与第二插孔在发射壳体402的高度方向上的距离,进而减少插入第一插孔的第一发射管脚和插入第二插孔的第二发射管脚的信号串扰。
第四发射侧板424包括第四子发射侧板4241和第五子发射侧板4242,第四子发射侧板4241的一侧面与发射底板425连接,第四子发射侧板4241的另一侧面与第五子发射侧板4242连接,以使第四发射侧板424呈阶梯状;第四子发射侧板4241的一端与第一发射侧板421连接,第四子发射侧板4241的另一端与第一子发射侧板4231连接;第五子发射侧板4242的一端与第一发射侧板421连接,第五子发射侧板4242的另一端与第二子发射侧板4232及第三子发射侧板4233连接。
第四子发射侧板4241的一端与第一发射侧板421连接,第四子发射侧板4241与第一子发射侧板4231连接,以缩小发射腔体的置物空间,进而限位基板404。
图55为根据本公开一些实施例提供的第一光组件的一种光路图。图56为根据本公开一些实施例提供的第一光组件的另一种光路图。图57为根据本公开一些实施例提供的第一光组件和第二光组件的组合光路图。如图55、图56和图57所示,激光组件431包括第一激光组件4311、第二激光组件4312和第三激光组件4313;第二激光组件4312位于第一激光组件4311和第三激光组件4313之间,第一激光组件4311、第二激光组件4312和第三激光组件4313的出光方向朝向合波组件。在一些实施例中,第一激光组件4311发射第一波长光信号,第二激光组件4312发射第二波长光信号,第三激光组件4313发射第三波长光信号,第一波长光信号、第二波长光信号和第三波长光信号光轴与发射壳体的长度延伸方向平行。示例性的,第一波长光信号的波长范围为1340-1344nm,如第一波长光信号的波长为1342nm;第二波长光信号的波长范围为1480-1500nm,如第二波长光信号的波长为1490nm;第三波长光信号的波长范围为1575-1580nm,如第三波长光信号的波长为1577nm。
在一些实施例中,第一激光组件4311的传输速率大于第三激光组件4313的传输率,第三激光组件4313的传输速率大于第二激光组件4312的传输速率。示例性的,第一激光组件4311的传输速率为50G,第二激光组件4312的传输速率为2.5G,第三激光组件4313的传输速率为10G。
在一些实施例中,第一激光组件4311、第二激光组件4312和第三激光组件4313的出光端面不平齐,即第一激光组件4311、第二激光组件4312和第三激光组件4313的出光端面位于发射壳体的不同长度面上。
在一些实施例中,第一激光组件4311、第二激光组件4312和第三激光组件4313采用载体上的芯片封装(Chip Oncarrier,COC),该COC也可以称为瓷质基板上芯片贴装。因此第一激光组件4311、第二激光组件4312和第三激光组件4313的侧边轮廓相对比较规则,如第一激光组件4311、第二激光组件4312和第三激光组件4313的侧边轮廓分别为矩形。
在一些实施例中,透镜组件432包括第一透镜4321、第二透镜4322和第三透镜4323,第一透镜4321设置在第一激光组件4311到合波组件的传输光路上,第二透镜4322设置在第二激光组件4312到合波组件的传输光路上,第三透镜4323设置在第三激光组件4313到合波组件的传输光路上。在一些实施例中,第一透镜4321、第二透镜4322和第三透镜4323设置在基板404上,当然本公开实施例中不局限于第一透镜4321、第二透镜4322和第三透镜4323设置在基板404上。
在一些实施例中,合波组件包括波分复用器,波分复用器的入口侧朝向激光组件,波分复用器的出口侧朝向第三通孔4211,波分复用器将激光组件431发射的第一波长的光信号、第二波长的光信号和第三波长的光信号合为一束光信号。
在一些实施例中,合波组件包括多个滤光片,多个滤光片相互配合,以使第一波长的光信号、第二波长的光信号和第三波长的光信号合为一束光信号。
在一些实施例中,合波组件包括偏振组件433和偏振合波组件434,偏振组件433用于调整光信号的偏振方向,偏振合波组件434将多束偏振光合为一束。通过偏振组件调整光信号的偏振方向,再通过偏振合波组件将多个偏振光合束为一束,以使光发射部件实现合波。
如图55所示,在一些实施例中,偏振组件433包括第一偏振组件4331、第二偏振组件4332和第三偏振组件4333,第一偏振组件4331位于第一激光组件4311的出光方向上,第一偏振组件4331用于调整第一激光组件4311发射的第一波长光信号的偏转方向,以使第一波长光信号的偏振方向为水平,即水平偏振光。第二偏振组件4332位于第二激光组件4312的出光方向上,第二偏振组件4332用于调整第二激光组件4312发射的第二波长光信号的偏转方向,以使第二波长光信号的偏振方向为竖直,即第二竖直偏振光。第三偏振组件4333位于第三激光组件4313的出光方向上,第三偏振组件4333用于调整将第三激光组件4313发射的第三波长光信号的偏转方向,以使第三波长光信号的偏振方向为竖直,即第一竖直偏振光。
如图55所示,在一些实施例中,偏振合波组件434包括第一偏振合波件4341、第二偏振合波件4342和第三偏振合波件4343,第一偏振合波件4341位于第一偏振组件4331的左侧,第一偏振合波件4341位于第三通孔4211与第一偏振组件4331之间,第一偏振合波件4341用于将第一波长光信号的水平偏振光(水平偏振光)透射,还用于将第二波长光信号的竖直偏振光(第二竖直偏振光)和第三波长光信号的竖直偏振光(第一竖直偏振光)反射后,将三者合为一束光信号。第二偏振合波件4342位于第二偏振组件4332的左侧,第二偏振合波件4342用于将第二波长光信号的竖直偏振光(第二竖直偏振光)反射至第一偏振合波件4341,还用于将第三波长光信号的竖直偏振光(第一竖直偏振光)透射至第一偏振合波件4341。第三偏振合波件4343位于第三偏振组件4333的左侧,第三偏振合波件4343用于将第三波长光信号的竖直偏振光(第一竖直偏振光)反射至第二偏振合波件4342。
在一些实施例中,第一偏振合波件4341为偏振分束器,偏振分束器可使水平偏振光透射,也可使竖直偏振光反射,以实现合束。示例地,第一竖直偏振光和第二竖直偏振光经偏振分束器反射,水平偏振光经偏振分束器透射,以实现合束。
在一些实施例中,第二偏振合波件4342为滤光片,该滤光片可使第二波长光信号反射,也可使第三波长光信号透射,以实现合束。第二偏振合波件4342与第二偏振组件4332的中心轴倾斜设置,示例地,第二偏振合波件4342与第二偏振组件4332的中心轴之间的夹角为45°。
在一些实施例中,第三偏振合波件4343为反射片,该反射片可使第三波长光信号反射。第三偏振合波件4343与第三偏振组件4333的中心轴倾斜设置,示例地,第第三偏振合波件4343与第三偏振组件4333的中心轴之间的夹角为45°。
发射壳体402内放置如图16所示的偏振组件433和偏振合波组件434,该发射壳体402的第三通孔4211与第三偏振合波件4343同轴,该发射壳体402的开口朝向和收发壳体的开口朝下相反。
如图56所示,在一些实施例中,第一偏振组件4331用于调整第一激光组件4311发射的第一波长光信号的偏转方向,以使第一波长光信号的偏振方向为竖直,即第一竖直偏振光。第二偏振组件4332用于调整第二激光组件4312发射的第二波长光信号的偏转方向,以使第二波长光信号的偏振方向为竖直,即第二竖直偏振光。第三偏振组件4333用于调整将第三激光组件4313发射的第三波长光信号的偏转方向,以使第三波长光信号的偏振方向为水平,即水平偏振光。
如图56所示,在一些实施例中,第三偏振合波件4343位于第三通孔4211与第三偏振组件4333之间,第一偏振合波件4341用于将第一波长光信号的竖直偏振光(第一偏振光)反射至第二偏振合波件4342,第二偏振合波件4342用于将第二波长光信号的竖直偏振光(第二竖直偏振光)反射至第三偏振合波件4343,还用于将第一波长光信号的竖直偏振光(第一偏振光)透射至第三偏振合波件4343。第三偏振合波件4343用于将第三波长光信号的水平偏振光(水平偏振光)透射,还将第一波长光信号的竖直偏振光(第一偏振光)和第二波长光信号的竖直偏振光(第二竖直偏振光)反射,以实现合束。
在一些实施例中,第一偏振合波件4341为反射片,该反射片可使第一波长光信号反射。第一偏振合波件4341与第一偏振组件4331的中心轴倾斜设置,示例地,第一偏振合波件4341与第一偏振组件4331的中心轴之间的夹角为45°。
在一些实施例中,第二偏振合波件4342为滤光片,该滤光片可使第二波长光信号反射,也可使第一波长光信号透射,以实现合束。第二偏振合波件4342与第二偏振组件4332的中心轴倾斜设置,示例地,第二偏振合波件4342与第二偏振组件4332的中心轴之间的夹角为45°。
在一些实施例中,第三偏振合波件4343为偏振分束器,偏振分束器可使水平偏振光透射,也可使竖直偏振光反射,以实现合束。示例地,第一竖直偏振光和第二竖直偏振光经偏振分束器反射,水平偏振光经偏振分束器透射,以实现合束。
发射壳体402内放置如图56所示的偏振组件433和偏振合波组件434,该发射壳体402的第三通孔4211与第三偏振合波件4343同轴,该发射壳体402的开口朝向和收发壳体的开口朝下相同。
如图55所示,第一激光组件4311发射的第一波长光信号传输至第一透镜4321,经第一透镜4321准直传输至第一偏振组件4331,经第一偏振组件4331调整第一波长光信号的偏振方向后传输至第一偏振合波件4341;第二激光组件4312发射的第二波长光信号传输至第二透镜4322,经第二透镜4322准直传输至第二偏振组件4332,经第二偏振组件4332调整第二波长光信号的偏振方向后传输至第二偏振合波件4342;第三激光组件4313发射的第三波长光信号传输至第三透镜4323,经第三透镜4323准直传输至第三偏振组件4333,经第三偏振组件4333调整第三波长光信号的偏振方向后传输至第三偏振合波件4343。第三偏振合波件4343将第三波长光信号的竖直偏振光反射至第二偏振合波件4342,第二偏振合波件4342将第二波长光信号的竖直偏振光反射至第一偏振合波件4341,还将第三波长光信号的竖直偏振光透射至第一偏振合波件4341,第一偏振合波件4341将第一波长光信号的水平偏振光透射,还将第二波长光信号的竖直偏振光和第三波长光信号反射后,以使第一波长光信号的水平偏振光、第二波长光信号的竖直偏振光和第三波长光信号的竖直偏振光合为一束光信号。
如图57所示,第一波长光信号的水平偏振光、第二波长光信号的竖直偏振光和第三波长光信号合为一束光信号后,该光信号先经第一位移棱镜5171调整在Y方向上的位置后入射至第一滤光片5172,再经第一滤光片5172入射至第二位移棱镜5173,然后经第二位移棱镜5173调整在Y方向上的位置入射至第四透镜5174,最后经第四透镜5174汇聚。
图58为根据本公开一些实施例提供的波片的光轴、入射光信号的偏振方向与出射光信号的偏振方向的原理图。如图58所示,a为入射光信号的偏振方向,b为第一波片的光轴,c为出射光信号的偏振方向,A图为45°偏振方向的入射光信号经波片后得到出射光信号的偏振方向为水平的原理图,B图为135°偏振方向的入射光信号经波片后得到出射光信号的偏振方向为水平的原理图,C图为45°偏振方向的入射光信号经波片后得到出射光信号的偏振方向为竖直的原理图,C图为135°偏振方向的入射光信号经波片后得到出射光信号的偏振方向为竖直的原理图。如图58所示,在一些实施例中,波片为半波片,入射线偏振光经半波片后射出线偏振光。半波片的特性为:入射光的偏振方向与出射光的偏振方向相对于半波片的光轴对称。
以下仅以如图55所示的偏振组件433和偏振合波组件434为例介绍光发射部件的合束原理。由于偏振合波组件合束后的光信号包括竖直偏振态和水平偏振态,如果在偏振合波组件之后设置用于反向隔离作用的结构件,那么需要在偏振合波组件之后设置至少两个隔离器才能起到反向隔离作用,因此可在偏振合波件之前设置隔离器。由于隔离器包括第一偏振片、法拉第片和第二偏振片,在偏振合波件之前设置有隔离器,光信号经隔离器后射出非水平偏振光和非竖直偏振光。为了使光信号经偏振组件后射出水平偏振光或竖直偏振光,需要在第二偏振片之后添加波片。非水平偏振光经波片后射出水平偏振光,非竖直偏振光经波片后射出水平偏振光或竖直偏振光。其中,隔离器的反向隔离原理如下:法拉第片沿同一个方向旋转,透过第一偏振片的偏振光经法拉第旋转后,无法再返回至第一偏振片,以使第一偏振片、法拉第片和第二偏振片组成的隔离器具有反向隔离的作用。
在一些实施例中,第一偏振组件4331、第二偏振组件4332和第三偏振组件4333均包括第一偏振片、法拉第片、第二偏振片和波片,第一偏振片、法拉第片、第二偏振片和波片依次远离第一激光组件,第一激光组件发射的第一波长光信号依次经过第一偏振片、法拉第片、第二偏振片和波片后射出,波片的光轴与水平面的夹角呈预设角度,以使与第二偏振片的偏振方向相同的光信号经波片后调整为水平偏振光或者竖直偏振光。示例地,第一偏振组件4331的波片的光轴与水平面的夹角呈第一预设角度,以使与第二偏振片的偏振方向相同的光信号经波片后调整为水平偏振光;第二偏振组件4332的波片的光轴与水平面的夹角呈第二预设角度,以使与第二偏振片的偏振方向相同的光信号经波片后调整为竖直偏振光;第三偏振组件4333的波片的光轴与水平面的夹角呈第三预设角度,以使与第二偏振片的偏振方向相同的光信号经波片后调整为竖直偏振光。
第一预设角度与第二预设角度不同。
第二偏振组件的第二偏振片的偏振方向与第三偏振组件的第二偏振片的偏振方向相同,以使第二预设角度与第三预设角度相同。
在一些实施例中,第一偏振片为水平偏振片,第二偏振片为45°偏振片。示例地,第一偏振组件4331包括水平偏振片、法拉第片和45°偏振片,第二偏振组件4332包括水平偏振片、法拉第片和45°偏振片,第三偏振组件4333包括水平偏振片、法拉第片和45°偏振片。
在一些实施例中,第一偏振片为竖直偏振片,第二偏振片为135°偏振片。示例地第一偏振组件4331包括竖直偏振
片、法拉第片和135°偏振片,第二偏振组件4332包括竖直偏振片、法拉第片和135°偏振片,第三偏振组件4333包括竖直偏振片、法拉第片和135°偏振片。
在一些实施例中,第一偏振片、法拉第片、第二偏振片依次连接组成一隔离器,波片位于隔离器之外,波片贴装于基板404上。示例地,水平偏振片、法拉第片和45°偏振片依次连接组成一隔离器;竖直偏振片、法拉第片和135°偏振片组成一隔离器。在一些实施例中,第一偏振片、法拉第片和第二偏振片通过胶水依次粘接。
在一些实施例中,第一偏振片、法拉第片、第二偏振片和波片依次连接组成一隔离器,不仅便于波片的贴装,还可以缩小发射壳体的空间。示例地,水平偏振片、法拉第片、45°偏振片和波片依次连接组成一隔离器;竖直偏振片、法拉第片、135°偏振片和波片依次连接组成一隔离器。在一些实施例中,第一偏振片、法拉第片、第二偏振片和波片通过胶水依次粘接。
由于第一偏振组件4331、第二偏振组件4332和第三偏振组件4333的结构相同,只是波片的光轴角度有一定的区别,不对每个偏振组件具体介绍,仅以第一偏振组件4331和第二偏振组件4332为例介绍偏振组件。
以第一偏振组件4331为例,第一偏振组件4331包括水平偏振片、法拉第片、45°偏振片和第一波片,水平偏振片、法拉第片、45°偏振片和第一波片依次远离第一激光组件4311,光信号经水平偏振片、法拉第片和45°偏振片后射出45°偏振光,如图58中A所示,45°偏振光(即45°偏振方向的入射光信号)经第一波片偏振后得到水平偏振光(即偏振方向为水平的出射光信号)。其中,第一波片的光轴为入射光信号的偏振方向顺时针旋转22.5°得到,即第一波片的光轴与水平面的夹角呈第一预设角度,第一预设角度为22.5°。
在一些实施例中,水平偏振片、法拉第片和45°偏振片依次连接组成第四隔离器,第一波片位于第四隔离器之外。
在一些实施例中,水平偏振片、法拉第片、45°偏振片和第一波片依次连接组成第一隔离器。
在一些实施例中,第一偏振组件4331包括竖直偏振片、法拉第片、135°偏振片和第一波片,竖直偏振片、法拉第片、135°偏振片和第一波片依次远离第一激光组件4311,光信号经竖直偏振片、法拉第片和135°偏振片后射出135°偏振光,如图19中B所示,135°偏振光(即135°偏振方向的入射光信号)经第一波片偏振后得到水平偏振光(即偏振方向为水平的出射光信号)。其中,第一波片的光轴为入射光信号的偏振方向逆时针旋转22.5°得到,即第一波片的光轴与水平面的夹角呈第一预设角度,第一预设角度为157.5°。
在一些实施例中,竖直偏振片、法拉第片、135°偏振片依次连接组成第四隔离器,第一波片位于第四隔离器之外。
在一些实施例中,竖直偏振片、法拉第片、135°偏振片和第一波片依次连接组成第一隔离器。
以上为不考虑调整第一隔离器或者第四隔离器的磁极的情形下的结构。如果调整第四隔离器的磁极,第四隔离器包括竖直偏振片、法拉第片和45°偏振片。如果调整第一隔离器的磁极,第一隔离器包括竖直偏振片、法拉第片、45°偏振片和第一波片,第一波片的光轴与水平面的夹角为22.5°。
以第二偏振组件4332为例,第二偏振组件4332包括水平偏振片、法拉第片、45°偏振片和第二波片,水平偏振片、法拉第片、45°偏振片和第二波片依次远离第二激光组件4312,光信号经水平偏振片、法拉第片和45°偏振片后射出45°偏振光,如图19中C所示,45°偏振光(即45°偏振方向的入射光信号)经第二波片偏振后得到竖直偏振光(即偏振方向为竖直的出射光信号)。其中,第二波片的光轴为入射光信号的偏振方向逆时针旋转22.5°得到,即第二波片的光轴与水平面的夹角呈第二预设角度,第二预设角度为67.5°。
在一些实施例中,水平偏振片、法拉第片和45°偏振片依次连接组成第五隔离器,第二波片位于第五隔离器之外。
在一些实施例中,水平偏振片、法拉第片、45°偏振片和第二波片依次连接组成第二隔离器。
在一些实施例中,第二偏振组件4332包括竖直偏振片、法拉第片、135°偏振片和第二波片,竖直偏振片、法拉第片、135°偏振片和第二波片依次远离第二激光组件4312,光信号经竖直偏振片、法拉第片和135°偏振片后射出135°偏振光,如图58中D所示,135°偏振光(即135°偏振方向的入射光信号)经第二波片偏振后得到竖直偏振光(即偏振方向为竖直的出射光信号)。其中,第二波片的光轴为入射光信号的偏振方向顺时针旋转22.5°得到,即第二波片的光轴与水平面的夹角呈第二预设角度,第二预设角度为112.5°。
在一些实施例中,竖直偏振片、法拉第片、135°偏振片依次连接组成第五隔离器,第二波片位于第五隔离器之外。
在一些实施例中,竖直偏振片、法拉第片、135°偏振片和第二波片依次连接组成第二隔离器。
以上为不考虑调整第二隔离器或者第五隔离器的磁极的情形下的结构。如果调整第五隔离器的磁极,第五隔离器包括竖直偏振片、法拉第片和45°偏振片。如果调整第二隔离器的磁极,第二隔离器包括竖直偏振片、法拉第片、45°偏振片和第二波片,第二波片的光轴与水平面的夹角为67.5°。
第三偏振组件4333可以包括第六隔离器和第三波片,也可以包括第三隔离器,第三隔离器包括第三波片,第三波片与水平面的夹角呈第三预设角度。第三偏振组件4333与第二偏振组件4332的作用均是调整光信号的偏转方向,以使光信号的偏振方向为竖直,因此,第六隔离器与第五隔离器相同,第三隔离器与第二隔离器相同,此处不再赘述。
第六隔离器与第五隔离器相同,指的是第六隔离器可以是第五隔离器的任意一种实施例;第三隔离器与第二隔离器相同,指的是第三隔离器可以是第二隔离器的任意一种实施例。
图59为根据一些实施例提供的承靠件、第二偏振合波件和第三偏振合波件的分解图。如图59所示,基板404上还设置有承靠件407,承靠件407的一面承靠第三偏振合波件4343,承靠件407的另一面承靠第二偏振合波件4342,第三偏振合波件4343与第二偏振合波件4342平行设置,承靠件407设置有第一通孔,第一通孔的一端与第三偏振合波件4343连接,第一通孔的另一端朝向第三偏振组件4333,以使第三偏振组件4333射出的第三波长光信号的竖直偏振光经第一通孔入射至第三偏振合波件4343;承靠件407还设置有第二通孔,第二通孔的一端与第二偏振合波件4342连接,第二通孔的另一端与第三偏振合波件4343连接,以使第三偏振合波件4343反射的第三波长光信号经第二通孔反射至第二偏振合波件4342。
图60为根据一些实施例提供的承靠件的结构图。图61为根据一些实施例提供的承靠件在另一视角下的结构图。图62为根据一些实施例提供的承靠件的剖视图。如图60、图61和图62所示,在一些实施例中,承靠件407的侧面包括第一限位面471、第一承靠面472、第二限位面473,第一连接面474、第二连接面475、第三限位面476、第二承靠面477、第三连接面和第四连接面,第一限位面471、第一承靠面472、第二限位面473,第一连接面474、第二连接面475、第三限位面476、第二承靠面477、第三连接面和第四连接面依次连接。第一承靠面472承靠第三偏振合波件4343,第一限位面471、第一承靠面472和第二限位面473依次连接以形成一个凹陷的限位槽,以限定第三偏振合波件4343;第一连接面474与第四发射侧板424的第四子发射侧板4241接触连接,第二连接面475朝向第三偏振组件4333;第二承靠面477承靠第二偏振合波件4342,第三限位面476与第二承靠面477连接,以形成凹陷的限位槽,以限定第二偏振合波件4342。
在一些实施例中,第一承靠面472和第二承靠面477平行设置,以使第三偏振合波件4343反射的第三波长光信号的竖直偏振光尽可能反射至第二偏振合波件4342。
如图60、图61和图62所示,第一通孔478的一端位于第二连接面475,第一通孔478的另一端位于第一承靠面472,第二通孔479的一端位于第一承靠面472,第二通孔479的另一端位于第二承靠面477,第一通孔478与第二通孔479连通,以使第三偏振合波件4343经第一通孔478接收第三波长光信号的竖直偏振光,经第二通孔479反射第三波长光
信号的竖直偏振光至第二偏振合波件4342。
最后应说明的是:以上实施例仅用以说明本公开的技术方案,而非对其限制;尽管参照前述实施例对本公开进行了详细的说明,本领域的普通技术人员应当理解:其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改,或者对其中部分技术特征进行等同替换;而这些修改或者替换,并不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本公开各实施例技术方案的精神和范围。
Claims (21)
- 一种光模块,包括:光纤适配器,一端被配置为连接外部光纤,以传输通过外部光纤输入的第四波长光信号、第五波长光信号和第六波长光信号;光学容纳部件,包括第一壳体;所述第一壳体的一端连接所述光纤适配器的另一端,所述第一壳体内设置有第一反射镜和第二反射镜,所述第一反射镜和所述第二反射镜被配置为反射所述第四波长光信号、所述第五波长光信号和所述第六波长光信号;第一光接收组件,连接所述第一壳体,所述第一光接收组件的入光端位于所述第一壳体内;所述第一光接收部件位于所述第一反射镜的反射光路上,所述第一光接收部件接收所述第一反射镜反射的所述第四波长光信号、所述第五波长光信号和所述第六波长光信号中的至少一者,并输出第一电压信号、第二电压信号或第三电压信号中的至少一者;电路板,设置有金手指、MCU、第一限幅放大器、第二限幅放大器和滤波电路;所述第一限幅放大器的输入端和所述第二限幅放大器的输入端通过所述滤波电路连接所述第一光接收组件,所述第一限幅放大器的输出端和所述第二限幅放大器的输出端分别连接所述金手指;所述滤波电路旁逸所述第二电压信号至所述第一限幅放大器,使所述第一限幅放大器放大或限幅整形处理所述第二电压信号并传输到所述金手指;所述第一电压信号和所述第三电压信号通过所述滤波电路传输至所述第二限幅放大器;所述MCU控制连接所述第二限幅放大器,以通过控制信号使所述第二限幅放大器放大或限幅整形处理所述第一电压信号或所述第三电压信号并通过对应的输出端传输到所述金手指;所述光模块,还包括:光发射部件,包括:激光组件,被配置为发射第一波长光信号、第二波长光信号和第三波长光信号;偏振组件,被配置为调整光信号的偏振方向;所述偏振组件包括第一偏振组件、第二偏振组件和第三偏振组件,所述第一偏振组件、所述第二偏振组件和所述第三偏振组件均包括第一偏振片、法拉第片、第二偏振片和波片,所述第一偏振片、所述法拉第片、所述第二偏振片和所述波片依次远离所述激光组件,第一波长光信号依次经过所述第一偏振组件的第一偏振片、法拉第片、第二偏振片和波片后射出水平偏振光,第三波长光信号依次经过所述第三偏振组件的第一偏振片、法拉第片、第二偏振片和波片后射出第一竖直偏振光,第二波长光信号依次经过所述第二偏振组件的第一偏振片、法拉第片、第二偏振片和波片后射出第二竖直偏振光;合波组件,被配置为将所述第一波长光信号、所述第二波长光信号和所述第三波长光信号合为一束。
- 根据权利要求1所述的光模块,其中,所述光纤适配器被配置为传输所述外部光纤输入的时分复用光信号,所述时分复用光信号包括所述第四波长光信号、所述第五波长光信号和所述第六波长光信号;所述第一反射镜位于所述第二反射镜的反射光路上;所述第四波长光信号、所述第五波长光信号和所述第六波长光信号传输至所述第二反射镜并经所述第二反射镜反射传输至所述第一反射镜;所述第一光接收组件接收所述第一反射镜反射的所述第四波长光信号、所述第五波长光信号和所述第六波长光信号,并输出所述第一电压信号、所述第二电压信号或所述第三电压信号。
- 根据权利要求2所述的光模块,其中,所述第二限幅放大器包括第四输出通道和第五输出通道,所述第四输出通道和所述第五输出通道分别连接所述金手指;所述MCU在第一目标时间向所述第二限幅放大器输出第四控制信号,使所述第二限幅放大器放大或限幅整形第一电压信号,并将处理后的第一电压信号通过所述第四输出通道输出到所述金手指;所述MCU在第三目标时间向所述第二限幅放大器输出第五控制信号,使所述第二限幅放大器放大或限幅整形第三电压信号,并将处理后的第三电压信号通过所述第五输出通道输出到所述金手指。
- 根据权利要求2所述的光模块,其中,所述第一壳体内还设置第一位移棱镜和第一透镜,所述第一位移棱镜包括第一反射面和第二反射面,所述第一反射面位于所述光纤适配器的光轴延长线上,所述第二反射面位于所述第二反射镜的入射光轴上;所述第一透镜位于所述光纤适配器和所述第一反射面之间。
- 根据权利要求2所述的光模块,其中,所述第一光接收部件包括第一探测器和第一TIA,所述第一探测器的输出端连接所述第一TIA的输入端,所述第一TIA的输出端连接所述滤波电路;所述MCU控制连接所述第一TIA,所述MCU在第一目标时间向所述第一TIA发送第一配置信号,使所述第一TIA按照第一配置将所述第一探测器输出的第一电流信号转化为第一电压信号;所述MCU在第二目标时间向所述第一TIA发送第二配置信号,使所述第一TIA按照第二配置将所述第一探测器输出的第二电流信号转化为第二电压信号;所述MCU在第二目标时间向所述第一TIA发送第三配置信号,使所述第一TIA按照第三配置将所述第一探测器输出的第三电流信号转化为第三电压信号。
- 根据权利要求2所述的光模块,其中,所述光发射部件还包括:第二壳体,所述激光组件设于所述第二壳体内;所述激光组件包括:第一激光组件、第二激光组件、第三激光组件;所述合波组件包括第二滤光片和第三滤光片;所述第二壳体包括两个相连接的侧壁,所述第一激光组件、所述第二激光组件和所述第三激光组件分布于两个相连接侧壁的侧边,所述第一激光组件产生所述第一波长光信号,所述第二激光组件产生所述第二波长光信号,所述第三激光组件产生所述第三波长光信号;两个相连接的侧壁上分别设置多排引脚,两个相连接的侧壁上底排的引脚中包括高频引脚,高频引脚的端部伸入到所述第二壳体内;所述第二壳体的一端设置出光口,所述出光口光连接所述第一壳体;所述第二滤光片和所述第三滤光片并排设置在所述出光口的侧边,所述第二滤光片的第一光学面朝向所述第三激光组件,所述第二滤光片的第二光学面朝向所述第三滤光片的第三光学面,所述第三光学面朝向所述第二激光组件,所述第三滤光片的第四光学面朝向所述第一激光组件;所述第一激光组件、所述第二激光组件和所述第三激光组件分别电连接相应的高频引脚。
- 根据权利要求1所述的光模块,还包括:第二光接收组件,与所述第一光接收组件位于所述第一壳体的一侧壁;第三光接收组件,位于所述第一壳体的另一侧壁;光组件,包括:第一滤光片,位于所述光发射部件与所述光纤适配器之间,以实现发射光信号的透射和接收光信号的反射;第一反射片,位于所述第一滤光片的反射光路上;第二反射片,位于所述第一反射片的反射光路上;分波组件,第一端与所述第一壳体的第一端对应设置,第二端与所述第一壳体的第二端对应设置;所述分波组件的第一端包括入光处和第一出光处,所述入光处位于所述第二反射片的反射光路上,所述入光处和所述第一出光处相邻设置,所述分波组件的第二端包括第二出光处和第三出光处,所述接收光信号经所述入光处入射至所述分波组件后分束,所述第四波长光信号经所述第一出光处透射,所述第五波长光信号经所述第二出光处透射,所述第六波长光信号经所述第三出光处透射;第三反射片,位于所述第一出光处的出射光路上;所述第一光接收组件位于所述第三反射片的反射光路上,所述第一滤光片和所述第一反射片均位于所述第三反射片的反射光路的相反方向;分光棱镜,包括第一反射面和第二反射面,所述第一反射面位于所述第二出光处的出射光路上,所述第二光接收组件位于所述第一反射面的反射光路上,所述第二反射面位于所述第三出光处的出射光路上,所述第三光接收组件位于所述第二反射面的反射光路上。
- 根据权利要求7所述的光模块,其中,所述第一壳体包括:第一侧壁,与所述光纤适配器连接;第二侧壁,一端与所述第一侧壁的一端连接;所述第二侧壁设置有所述第一光接收组件和所述第二光接收组件;第三侧壁,一端与所述第二侧壁的另一端连接,与所述光发射部件连接;第四侧壁,一端与所述第三侧壁的另一端连接,另一端与所述第一侧壁的另一端连接;所述第四侧壁设置有所述第三光接收组件、所述第一滤光片和所述第一反射片,以使所述第四波长光信号经所述第三反射片反射后射向设置于所述第二侧壁的所述第一光接收组件。
- 根据权利要求7所述的光模块,其中,所述第一滤光片的倾斜角度为第一预设角度,所述第一反射片的倾斜角度为第二预设角度,所述第二反射片的倾斜角度为第三预设角度,所述第一预设角度、所述第二预设角度和所述第三预设角度相互配合,以使所述接收光信号沿所述光接收部件的长度方向平行射出。
- 根据权利要求8所述的光模块,其中,所述第四侧壁包括:第一支撑部,具有连接孔;所述第三光接收组件设置于所述连接孔;支撑件,一端与所述第一支撑部的侧面连接,另一端不与所述第二侧壁连接,一侧不与所述第一侧壁连接,另一侧不与所述第三侧壁连接;所述支撑件靠近所述第二侧壁的一面设置有所述第一滤光片,所述支撑件具有第一通光孔,所述第一通光孔与所述第一侧壁的第一连接孔对应设置,所述第一通光孔与所述第三侧壁的第二连接孔对应设置,以使所述发射光信号依次经所述第二连接孔、所述第一通光孔、所述第一滤光片和所述第一连接孔入射至所述光纤适配器;第二支撑部,一端与所述支撑件的另一端连接;所述第二支撑部与所述第二侧壁之间的垂直距离大于所述第一支撑部与所述第二侧壁之间的垂直距离;第三支撑部,一端与所述第二支撑部的另一端连接,另一端与所述第一侧壁连接;所述第三支撑部朝向所述第二侧壁的面设置有所述第一反射片。
- 根据权利要求10所述的光模块,其中,所述分波组件包括基板,所述基板靠近所述入光处的一侧壁承靠于所述第二侧壁,所述基板远离所述入光处的一侧壁与所述第二侧壁之间的垂直距离小于所述第一通光孔与所述第二侧壁之间的垂直距离,以避免所述发射光信号经过所述基板。
- 根据权利要求7所述的光模块,其中,所述分波组件包括:基板,第一端与所述光接收部件的第一端对应设置,第二端与所述光接收部件的第二端对应设置;所述基板的第二端具有第一反射处,所述第一反射处允许所述接收光信号反射;所述基板的第一端具有所述入光处和第二反射处,所述入光处允许所述接收光信号透射,所述第二反射处允许所述第六波长光信号反射;第一波片,设置于所述入光处和所述第二反射处之间,以允许第四波长光信号透射;第二波片,与所述第一反射处相邻设置,以允许第五波长光信号透射;第三波片,与所述第二波片相邻设置,以允许第六波长光信号透射。
- 根据权利要求7所述的光模块,其中,在所述第三反射片的反射面与所述第一出光处之间,或者所述第三反射片的反射面与所述第一光接收组件之间设置第一滤光件,所述第一滤光件被配置为过滤掉所述第五波长光信号和第六波长光信号;在所述第一反射面与所述第二出光处之间,或者所述第一反射面与所述第二光接收组件之间设置第二滤光件,所述第二滤光件被配置为过滤掉所述第四波长光信号和第六波长光信号;在所述第二反射面与所述第三出光处之间,或者所述第二反射面与所述第三光接收组件之间设置第三滤光件,所述第三滤光件被配置为过滤掉所述第五波长光信号和第六波长光信号。
- 根据权利要求7所述的光模块,其中,在光发射部件与所述第一光组件之间设置有隔离器,所述隔离器被配置为阻隔所述发射光信号沿原路返回,所述发射光信号包括第一波长光信号、第二波长光信号和第三波长光信号;或者,在光发射部件内部设置有隔离器阵列,所述隔离器阵列包括第一隔离器、第二隔离器和第三隔离器,所述第一隔离器被配置为阻隔所述第一波长光信号沿原路返回,所述第二隔离器被配置为阻隔所述第二波长光信号沿原路返回,所述第三隔离器被配置为阻隔所述第三波长光信号沿原路返回。
- 根据权利要求1所述的光模块,其中,所述合波组件包括第一偏振合波件、第二偏振合波件和第三偏振合波件,所述第三偏振合波件被配置为将第一竖直偏振光反射至所述第二偏振合波件,所述第二偏振合波件被配置为将第一竖直偏振光透射至所述第一偏振合波件,还将第二竖直偏振光反射至所述第一偏振合波件,所述第一偏振合波件被配置为将第二竖直偏振光和第一竖直偏振光反射,还将水平偏振光透射,以实现合束。
- 根据权利要求15所述的光模块,其中,所述第一偏振片、所述法拉第片、所述第二偏振片和所述波片依次连接组成一隔离器;所述第一偏振组件的波片的光轴与水平面的夹角呈第四预设角度,以使所述第一偏振组件射出水平偏振光;所述第二偏振组件的波片的光轴与水平面的夹角呈第五预设角度,以使所述第二偏振组件射出竖直偏振光;所述第三偏振组件的波片的光轴与水平面的夹角呈第六预设角度,以使所述第三偏振组件射出竖直偏振光;所述第四预设角度与所述第五预设角度不同;所述第二偏振组件的第二偏振片的偏振方向与所述第三偏振组件的第二偏振片的偏振方向相同,以使所述第五预设角度与所述第六预设角度相同。
- 根据权利要求15所述的光模块,其中,所述第一偏振片、所述法拉第片和所述第二偏振片依次连接组成一隔离器,所述波片位于所述隔离器之外;所述第一偏振组件的波片的光轴与水平面的夹角呈第四预设角度,以使所述第一偏振组件射出水平偏振光;所述第二偏振组件的波片的光轴与水平面的夹角呈第五预设角度,以使所述第二偏振组件射出竖直偏振光;所述 第三偏振组件的波片的光轴与水平面的夹角呈第六预设角度,以使所述第三偏振组件射出竖直偏振光;所述第四预设角度与所述第五预设角度不同;所述第二偏振组件的第二偏振片的偏振方向与所述第三偏振组件的第二偏振片的偏振方向相同,以使所述第五预设角度与所述第六预设角度相同。
- 根据权利要求15所述的光模块,其中,所述第一偏振片为水平偏振片,所述第二偏振片为45°偏振片;所述第一偏振片为竖直偏振片,所述第二偏振片为135°偏振片。
- 根据权利要求15所述的光模块,其中,所述光发射部件还包括承靠件,所述承靠件包括第一承靠面和第二承靠面,所述第一承靠面用于承靠所述第三偏振合波件,所述第二承靠面用于承靠所述第二偏振合波件,所述第一承靠面与所述第二承靠面平行设置;所述承靠件具有第一通孔和第二通孔,所述第一通孔的一端和所述第二通孔的一端均位于所述第一承靠面,所述第一通孔的另一端位于所述承靠件朝向所述第三偏振合波件的一面,所述第二通孔的另一端位于所述第二承靠面,所述第一通孔和所述第二通孔相连通。
- 根据权利要求19所述的光模块,其中,所述光发射部件还包括发射壳体,所述发射的第一端设置有第三通孔,所述第三通孔的中心轴线与所述第一偏振合波件的中心轴重合,以使经所述第一偏振合波件合束后的光信号经所述第一通孔射出;所述发射壳体的第二端设置有发射管脚,发射管脚的一端与电路板连接,发射管脚的另一端伸入所述发射壳体内,与所述发射壳体内的激光组件打线连接。
- 根据权利要求20所述的光模块,其中,所述发射壳体包括第一发射侧板、第二发射侧板、第三发射侧板和第四发射侧板,所述第一发射侧板、所述第二发射侧板、所述第三发射侧板和所述第四发射侧板首尾连接,所述第一发射侧板设置有第三通孔,所述第三发射侧板包括第一子发射侧板、第二子发射侧板和第三子反射板,所述第一子发射侧板、所述第二子发射侧板和所述第三子反射板呈阶梯状,所述第四发射侧板包括第四子发射侧板和第五子发射侧板,所述第四子发射侧板和第五子发射侧板呈阶梯阶梯状,所述第一子发射侧板与所述第四子发射侧板连接,以限位基板,其中,所述基板支撑所述激光组件。
Priority Applications (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN202480041822.6A CN121444367A (zh) | 2024-01-10 | 2024-09-25 | 光模块 |
Applications Claiming Priority (6)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN202420062434.3 | 2024-01-10 | ||
| CN202420062434.3U CN222529541U (zh) | 2024-01-10 | 2024-01-10 | 一种光模块 |
| CN202411064913.X | 2024-08-05 | ||
| CN202411064913.XA CN121477412A (zh) | 2024-08-05 | 2024-08-05 | 一种光模块 |
| CN202411163298.8A CN121596471A (zh) | 2024-08-22 | 2024-08-22 | 一种光模块 |
| CN202411163298.8 | 2024-08-22 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2025148409A1 true WO2025148409A1 (zh) | 2025-07-17 |
Family
ID=96386309
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2024/121117 Pending WO2025148409A1 (zh) | 2024-01-10 | 2024-09-25 | 光模块 |
Country Status (2)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| CN (1) | CN121444367A (zh) |
| WO (1) | WO2025148409A1 (zh) |
Cited By (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN120358430A (zh) * | 2025-05-22 | 2025-07-22 | 深圳市力子光电科技有限公司 | 一种双通道且小型化的光模块驱动电路及双通道光模块 |
Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20160047987A1 (en) * | 2014-08-13 | 2016-02-18 | Finisar Corporation | Optical circulators integrated into transceivers |
| CN112698450A (zh) * | 2019-10-22 | 2021-04-23 | 青岛海信宽带多媒体技术有限公司 | 一种光模块 |
| CN114285475A (zh) * | 2020-09-27 | 2022-04-05 | 青岛海信宽带多媒体技术有限公司 | 一种光模块 |
| CN114545571A (zh) * | 2020-11-27 | 2022-05-27 | 青岛海信宽带多媒体技术有限公司 | 一种光模块 |
| CN114647039A (zh) * | 2020-12-19 | 2022-06-21 | 青岛海信宽带多媒体技术有限公司 | 一种光模块 |
-
2024
- 2024-09-25 CN CN202480041822.6A patent/CN121444367A/zh active Pending
- 2024-09-25 WO PCT/CN2024/121117 patent/WO2025148409A1/zh active Pending
Patent Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20160047987A1 (en) * | 2014-08-13 | 2016-02-18 | Finisar Corporation | Optical circulators integrated into transceivers |
| CN112698450A (zh) * | 2019-10-22 | 2021-04-23 | 青岛海信宽带多媒体技术有限公司 | 一种光模块 |
| CN114285475A (zh) * | 2020-09-27 | 2022-04-05 | 青岛海信宽带多媒体技术有限公司 | 一种光模块 |
| CN114545571A (zh) * | 2020-11-27 | 2022-05-27 | 青岛海信宽带多媒体技术有限公司 | 一种光模块 |
| CN114647039A (zh) * | 2020-12-19 | 2022-06-21 | 青岛海信宽带多媒体技术有限公司 | 一种光模块 |
Cited By (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN120358430A (zh) * | 2025-05-22 | 2025-07-22 | 深圳市力子光电科技有限公司 | 一种双通道且小型化的光模块驱动电路及双通道光模块 |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| CN121444367A (zh) | 2026-01-30 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US20250277945A1 (en) | Optical module | |
| US11994726B2 (en) | Optical module | |
| CN118265936A (zh) | 光模块 | |
| CN121444367A (zh) | 光模块 | |
| WO2025256177A1 (zh) | 光模块 | |
| CN113805290A (zh) | 一种光模块 | |
| CN219936149U (zh) | 光模块 | |
| CN220085123U (zh) | 光模块 | |
| CN118732184A (zh) | 一种光模块 | |
| WO2024055570A1 (zh) | 光模块 | |
| WO2024066092A1 (zh) | 光模块 | |
| WO2025255991A1 (zh) | 光模块 | |
| WO2025102586A1 (zh) | 光模块 | |
| WO2025102746A1 (zh) | 光模块 | |
| CN222529541U (zh) | 一种光模块 | |
| CN121477412A (zh) | 一种光模块 | |
| US20250093598A1 (en) | Optical module | |
| CN121142728A (zh) | 一种光模块 | |
| CN216013742U (zh) | 一种光模块 | |
| CN216160876U (zh) | 一种光模块 | |
| CN120418702A (zh) | 光模块 | |
| WO2025148352A1 (zh) | 光模块 | |
| CN121596471A (zh) | 一种光模块 | |
| WO2024250473A1 (zh) | 光模块 | |
| WO2025195360A1 (zh) | 光模块 |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 24916460 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |